Commit graph

9118 commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Aurelien DARRAGON
c8282f6138 MINOR: clock: add clock_get_now_offset() helper
Same as clock_set_now_offset() but to retrieve the offset from external
location.
2025-08-07 22:27:09 +02:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
20f9d8fa4e MINOR: clock: add clock_set_now_offset() helper
Since now_offset is a static variable and is not exposed outside from
clock.c, let's add an helper so that it becomes possible to set its
value from another source file.
2025-08-07 22:27:05 +02:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
4c3a36c609 MINOR: guid: add guid_count() function
returns the total amount of registered GUIDs in the guid_tree
2025-08-07 22:26:58 +02:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
7c52964591 MINOR: guid: add guid_get() helper
guid_get() is a convenient function to get the actual key string
associated to a given guid_node struct
2025-08-07 22:26:52 +02:00
Amaury Denoyelle
cae828cbf5 MINOR: quic: define QUIC_FL_CONN_IS_BACK flag
Define a new quic_conn flag assign if the connection is used on the
backend side. This is similar to other haproxy components such as struct
connection and muxes element.

This flag is positionned via qc_new_conn(). Also update quic traces to
mark proxy side as 'F' or 'B' suffix.
2025-08-07 16:59:59 +02:00
Amaury Denoyelle
e064e5d461 MINOR: quic: duplicate GSO unsupp status from listener to conn
QUIC emission can use GSO to emit multiple datagrams with a single
syscall invokation. However, this feature relies on several kernel
parameters which are checked on haproxy process startup.

Even if these checks report no issue, GSO may still be unable due to the
underlying network adapter underneath. Thus, if a EIO occured on
sendmsg() with GSO, listener is flagged to mark GSO as unsupported. This
allows every other QUIC connections to share the status and avoid using
GSO when using this listener.

Previously, listener flag was checked for every QUIC emission. This was
done using an atomic operation to prevent races. Improve this by
duplicating GSO unsupported status as the connection level. This is done
on qc_new_conn() and also on thread rebinding if a new listener instance
is used.

The main benefit from this patch is to reduce the dependency between
quic_conn and listener instances.
2025-08-07 16:36:26 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
ef915e672a MEDIUM: pools: respect pool alignment in allocations
Now pool_alloc_area() takes the alignment in argument and makes use
of ha_aligned_malloc() instead of malloc(). pool_alloc_area_uaf()
simply applies the alignment before returning the mapped area. The
pool_free() functionn calls ha_aligned_free() so as to permit to use
a specific API for aligned alloc/free like mingw requires.

Note that it's possible to see warnings about mismatching sized
during pool_free() since we know both the pool and the type. In
pool_free, adding just this is sufficient to detect potential
offenders:

	WARN_ON(__alignof__(*__ptr) > pool->align);
2025-08-06 19:20:36 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
f0d0922aa1 MINOR: pools: add macros to declare pools based on a struct type
DECLARE_TYPED_POOL() and friends take a name, a type and an extra
size (to be added to the size of the element), and will use this
to create the pool. This has the benefit of letting the compiler
automatically adapt sizeof() and alignof() based on the type
declaration.
2025-08-06 19:20:36 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
6ea0e3e2f8 MINOR: pools: add macros to register aligned pools
This adds an alignment argument to create_pool_from_loc() and
completes the existing low-level macros with new ones that expose
the alignment and the new macros permit to specify it. For now
they're not used.
2025-08-06 19:20:36 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
eb075d15f6 MEDIUM: pools: add an alignment property
This will be used to declare aligned pools. For now it's not used,
but it's properly set from the various registrations that compose
a pool, and rounded up to the next power of 2, with a minimum of
sizeof(void*).

The alignment is returned in the "show pools" part that indicates
the entry size. E.g. "(56 bytes/8)" means 56 bytes, aligned by 8.
2025-08-06 19:20:36 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
ac23b873f5 DEBUG: pools: also retrieve file and line for direct callers of create_pool()
Just like previous patch, we want to retrieve the location of the caller.
For this we turn create_pool() into a macro that collects __FILE__ and
__LINE__ and passes them to the now renamed function create_pool_with_loc().

Now the remaining ~30 pools also have their location stored.
2025-08-06 19:20:34 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
efa856a8b0 DEBUG: pools: store the pool registration file name and line number
When pools are declared using DECLARE_POOL(), REGISTER_POOL etc, we
know where they are and it's trivial to retrieve the file name and line
number, so let's store them in the pool_registration, and display them
when known in "show pools detailed".
2025-08-06 19:20:32 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
ff62aacb20 MEDIUM: pools: change the static pool creation to pass a registration
Now we're creating statically allocated registrations instead of
passing all the parameters and allocating them on the fly. Not only
this is simpler to extend (we're limited in number of INITCALL args),
but it also leaves all of these in the data segment where they are
easier to find when debugging.
2025-08-06 19:20:30 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
f51d58bd2e MINOR: pools: force the name at creation time to be a const.
This is already the case as all names are constant so that's fine. If
it would ever change, it's not very hard to just replace it in-situ
via an strdup() and set a flag to mention that it's dynamically
allocated. We just don't need this right now.

One immediately visible effect is in "show pools detailed" where the
names are no longer truncated.
2025-08-06 19:20:28 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
ee5bc28865 MINOR: pools: add a new flag to declare static registrations
We must not free these ones when destroying a pool, so let's dedicate
them a flag to mention that they are static. For now we don't have any
such.
2025-08-06 19:20:26 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
18505f9718 MINOR: pools: support creating a pool from a pool registration
We've recently introduced pool registrations to be able to enumerate
all pool creation requests with their respective parameters, but till
now they were only used for debugging ("show pools detailed"). Let's
go a step further and split create_pool() in two:
  - the first half only allocates and sets the pool registration
  - the second half creates the pool from the registration

This is what this patch does. This now opens the ability to pre-create
registrations and create pools directly from there.
2025-08-06 19:20:22 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
325d1bdcca MINOR: implement ha_aligned_alloc() to return aligned memory areas
We have two versions, _safe() which verifies and adjusts alignment,
and the regular one which trusts the caller. There's also a dedicated
ha_aligned_free() due to mingw.

The currently detected OSes are mingw, unixes older than POSIX 200112
which require memalign(), and those post 200112 which will use
posix_memalign(). Solaris 10 reports 200112 (probably through
_GNU_SOURCE since it does not do it by default), and Solaris 11 still
supports memalign() so for all Solaris we use memalign(). The memstats
wrappers are also implemented, and have the exported names. This was
the opportunity for providing a separate free call that lets the caller
specify the size (e.g. for use with pools).

For now this code is not used.
2025-08-06 19:19:27 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
e921fe894f BUILD: compat: always set _POSIX_VERSION to ease comparisons
Sometimes we need to compare it to known versions, let's make sure it's
always defined. We set it to zero if undefined so that it cannot match
any comparison.
2025-08-06 19:19:27 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
2ce0c63206 BUILD: quic: use _MAX() to avoid build issues in pools declarations
With the upcoming pool declaration, we're filling a struct's fields,
while older versions were relying on initcalls which could be turned
to function declarations. Thus the compound expressions that were
usable there are not necessarily anymore, as witnessed here with
gcc-5.5 on solaris 10:

      In file included from include/haproxy/quic_tx.h:26:0,
                       from src/quic_tx.c:15:
      include/haproxy/compat.h:106:19: error: braced-group within expression allowed only inside a function
       #define MAX(a, b) ({    \
                         ^
      include/haproxy/pool.h:41:11: note: in definition of macro '__REGISTER_POOL'
         .size = _size,           \
                 ^
      ...
      include/haproxy/quic_tx-t.h:6:29: note: in expansion of macro 'MAX'
       #define QUIC_MAX_CC_BUFSIZE MAX(QUIC_INITIAL_IPV6_MTU, QUIC_INITIAL_IPV4_MTU)

Let's make the macro use _MAX() instead of MAX() since it relies on pure
constants.
2025-08-06 19:19:11 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
cf8871ae40 BUILD: compat: provide relaxed versions of the MIN/MAX macros
In 3.0 the MIN/MAX macros were converted to compound expressions with
commit 0999e3d959 ("CLEANUP: compat: make the MIN/MAX macros more
reliable"). However with older compilers these are not supported out
of code blocks (e.g. to initialize variables or struct members). This
is the case on Solaris 10 with gcc-5.5 when QUIC doesn't compile
anymore with the future pool registration:

  In file included from include/haproxy/quic_tx.h:26:0,
                   from src/quic_tx.c:15:
  include/haproxy/compat.h:106:19: error: braced-group within expression allowed only inside a function
   #define MAX(a, b) ({    \
                     ^
  include/haproxy/pool.h:41:11: note: in definition of macro '__REGISTER_POOL'
     .size = _size,           \
             ^
  ...
  include/haproxy/quic_tx-t.h:6:29: note: in expansion of macro 'MAX'
   #define QUIC_MAX_CC_BUFSIZE MAX(QUIC_INITIAL_IPV6_MTU, QUIC_INITIAL_IPV4_MTU)

Let's provide the old relaxed versions as _MIN/_MAX for use with constants
like such cases where it's certain that there is no risk. A previous attempt
using __builtin_constant_p() to switch between the variants did not work,
and it's really not worth the hassle of going this far.
2025-08-06 19:18:42 +02:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
aeff2a3b2a BUG/MEDIUM: hlua_fcn: ensure systematic watcher cleanup for server list iterator
In 358166a ("BUG/MINOR: hlua_fcn: restore server pairs iterator pointer
consistency"), I wrongly assumed that because the iterator was a temporary
object, no specific cleanup was needed for the watcher.

In fact watcher_detach() is not only relevant for the watcher itself, but
especially for its parent list to remove the current watcher from it.

As iterators are temporary objects, failing to remove their watchers from
the server watcher list causes the server watcher list to be corrupted.

On a normal iteration sequence, the last watcher_next() receives NULL
as target so it successfully detaches the last watcher from the list.
However the corner case here is with interrupted iterators: users are
free to break away from the iteration loop when a specific condition is
met for instance from the lua script, when this happens
hlua_listable_servers_pairs_iterator() doesn't get a chance to detach the
last iterator.

Also, Lua doesn't tell us that the loop was interrupted,
so to fix the issue we rely on the garbage collector to force a last
detach right before the object is freed. To achieve that, watcher_detach()
was slightly modified so that it becomes possible to call it without
knowing if the watcher is already detached or not, if watcher_detach() is
called on a detached watcher, the function does nothing. This way it saves
the caller from having to track the watcher state and makes the API a
little more convenient to use. This way we now systematically call
watcher_detach() for server iterators right before they are garbage
collected.

This was first reported in GH #3055. It can be observed when the server
list is browsed one than more time when it was already browsed from Lua
for a given proxy and the iteration was interrupted before the end. As the
watcher list is corrupted, the common symptom is watcher_attach() or
watcher_next() not ending due to the internal mt_list call looping
forever.

Thanks to GH users @sabretus and @sabretus for their precious help.

It should be backported everywhere 358166a was.
2025-08-05 13:06:46 +02:00
William Lallemand
9ee14ed2d9 MEDIUM: acme: allow to wait and restart the task for DNS-01
DNS-01 needs a external process which would register a TXT record on a
DNS provider, using a REST API or something else.

To achieve this, the process should read the dpapi sink and wait for
events. With the DNS-01 challenge, HAProxy will put the task to sleep
before asking the ACME server to achieve the challenge. The task then
need to be woke up, using the command implemented by this patch.

This patch implements the "acme challenge_ready" command which should be
used by the agent once the challenge was configured in order to wake the
task up.

Example:
    echo "@1 acme challenge_ready foobar.pem.rsa domain kikyo" | socat /tmp/master.sock -
2025-08-01 18:07:12 +02:00
William Lallemand
365a69648c MINOR: acme: emit a log for DNS-01 challenge response
This commit emits a log which output the TXT entry to create in case of
DNS-01. This is useful in cases you want to update your TXT entry
manually.

Example:

    acme: foobar.pem.rsa: DNS-01 requires to set the "acme-challenge.example.com" TXT record to "7L050ytWm6ityJqolX-PzBPR0LndHV8bkZx3Zsb-FMg"
2025-08-01 16:12:27 +02:00
William Lallemand
09275fd549 BUILD: acme: avoid declaring TRACE_SOURCE in acme-t.h
Files ending with '-t.h' are supposed to be used for structure
definitions and could be included in the same file to check API
definitions.

This patch removes TRACE_SOURCE from acme-t.h to avoid conflicts with
other TRACE_SOURCE definitions.
2025-07-31 16:03:28 +02:00
Amaury Denoyelle
2ecc5290f2 MINOR: session: streamline session_check_idle_conn() usage
session_check_idle_conn() is called by muxes when a connection becomes
idle. It ensures that the session idle limit is not yet reached. Else,
the connection is removed from the session and it can be freed.

Prior to this patch, session_check_idle_conn() was compatible with a
NULL session argument. In this case, it would return true, considering
that no limit was reached and connection not removed.

However, this renders the function error-prone and subject to future
bugs. This patch streamlines it by ensuring it is never called with a
NULL argument. Thus it can now only returns true if connection is kept
in the session or false if it was removed, as first intended.
2025-07-30 16:13:30 +02:00
Amaury Denoyelle
dd9645d6b9 MINOR: session: do not release conn in session_check_idle_conn()
session_check_idle_conn() is called to flag a connection already
inserted in a session list as idle. If the session limit on the number
of idle connections (max-session-srv-conns) is exceeded, the connection
is removed from the session list.

In addition to the connection removal, session_check_idle_conn()
directly calls MUX destroy callback on the connection. This means the
connection is freed by the function itself and should not be used by the
caller anymore.

This is not practical when an alternative connection closure method
should be used, such as a graceful shutdown with QUIC. As such, remove
MUX destroy invokation : this is now the responsability of the caller to
either close or release immediately the connection.
2025-07-30 11:43:41 +02:00
Amaury Denoyelle
57e9425dbc MINOR: session: strengthen idle conn limit check
Add a BUG_ON() on session_check_idle_conn() to ensure the connection is
not already flagged as CO_FL_SESS_IDLE.

This checks that this function is only called one time per connection
transition from active to idle. This is necessary to ensure that session
idle counter is only incremented one time per connection.
2025-07-30 11:40:16 +02:00
Amaury Denoyelle
ec1ab8d171 MINOR: session: remove redundant target argument from session_add_conn()
session_add_conn() uses three argument : connection and session
instances, plus a void pointer labelled as target. Typically, it
represents the server, but can also be a backend instance (for example
on dispatch).

In fact, this argument is redundant as <target> is already a member of
the connection. This commit simplifies session_add_conn() by removing
it. A BUG_ON() on target is extended to ensure it is never NULL.
2025-07-30 11:39:57 +02:00
Amaury Denoyelle
668c2cfb09 MINOR: session: strengthen connection attach to session
This commit is the first one of a serie to refactor insertion of backend
private connection into the session list.

session_add_conn() is used to attach a connection into a session list.
Previously, this function would report an error if the connection
specified was already attached to another session. However, this case
currently never happens and thus can be considered as buggy.

Remove this check and replace it with a BUG_ON(). This allows to ensure
that session insertion remains consistent. The same check is also
transformed in session_check_idle_conn().
2025-07-30 11:39:26 +02:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
14966c856b MINOR: clock: make global_now_ns a pointer as well
Similar to previous commit but for global_now_ns
2025-07-29 18:04:15 +02:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
4a20b3835a MINOR: clock: make global_now_ms a pointer
This is preparation work for shared counters between co-processes. As
co-processes will need to share a common date. global_now_ms will be used
for that as it will point to the shm when sharing is enabled.

Thus in this patch we turn global_now_ms into a pointer (and adjust the
places where it is written to and read from, hopefully atomic operations
through pointer are already used so the change is trivial)

For now global_now_ms points to process-local _global_now_ms which is a
fallback for when sharing through the shm is not enabled.
2025-07-29 18:04:14 +02:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
713ebd2750 CLEANUP: counters: rename counters_be_shared_init to counters_be_shared_prepare
75e480d10 ("MEDIUM: stats: avoid 1 indirection by storing the shared
stats directly in counters struct") took care of renaming
counters_fe_shared_init() but we forgot counters_be_shared_init().

Let's fix that for consistency
2025-07-29 18:00:13 +02:00
William Lallemand
83a335f925 MINOR: acme: implement traces
Implement traces for the ACME protocol.

 -dt acme:data:complete will dump every input and output buffers,
 including decoded buffers before being converted to JWS.
 It will also dump certificates in the traces.

 -dt acme:user:complete will only dump the state of the task handler.
2025-07-29 17:25:10 +02:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
c24de077bd OPTIM: stats: store fast sharded counters pointers at session and stream level
Following commit 75e480d10 ("MEDIUM: stats: avoid 1 indirection by storing
the shared stats directly in counters struct"), in order to minimize the
impact of the recent sharded counters work, we try to push things a bit
further in this patch by storing and using "fast" pointers at the session
and stream levels when available to avoid costly indirections and
systematic "tgid" resolution (which can not be cached by the CPU due to
its THREAD-local nature).

Indeed, we know that a session/stream is tied to a given CPU, thanks to
this we know that the tgid for a given session/stream will never change.

Given that, we are able to store sharded frontend and listener counters
pointer at the session level (namely sess->fe_tgcounters and
sess->li_tgcounters), and once the backend and the server are selected,
we are also able to store backend and server sharded counters
pointer at the stream level (namely s->be_tgcounters and s->sv_tgcounters)

Everywhere we rely on these counters and the stream or session context is
available, we use the fast pointers it instead of the indirect pointers
path to make the pointer resolution a bit faster.

This optimization proved to bring a few percents back, and together with
the previous 75e480d10 commit we now fixed the performance regression (we
are back to back with 3.2 stats performance)
2025-07-25 18:24:23 +02:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
cf8ba60c88 CLEANUP: peers: remove unused peer_session_target()
Since commit 7293eb68 ("MEDIUM: peers: use server as stream target") peer
session target always point to server in order to benefit from existing
server transport options.

Thanks to that, it is no longer necessary to have peer_session_target()
helper function, because all it does is return the pointer to the
server object. Let's get rid of that
2025-07-25 18:24:17 +02:00
Ben Kallus
1e48ec7f6c CLEANUP: include: replace hand-rolled offsetof to avoid UB
The C standard specifies that it's undefined behavior to dereference
NULL (even if you use & right after). The hand-rolled offsetof idiom
&(((s*)NULL)->f) is thus technically undefined. This clutters the
output of UBSan and is simple to fix: just use the real offsetof when
it's available.

Note that there's no clear statement about this point in the spec,
only several points which together converge to this:

- From N3220, 6.5.3.4:
  A postfix expression followed by the -> operator and an identifier
  designates a member of a structure or union object. The value is
  that of the named member of the object to which the first expression
  points, and is an lvalue.

- From N3220, 6.3.2.1:
  An lvalue is an expression (with an object type other than void) that
  potentially designates an object; if an lvalue does not designate an
  object when it is evaluated, the behavior is undefined.

- From N3220, 6.5.4.4 p3:
  The unary & operator yields the address of its operand. If the
  operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type". If
  the operand is the result of a unary * operator, neither that operator
  nor the & operator is evaluated and the result is as if both were
  omitted, except that the constraints on the operators still apply and
  the result is not an lvalue. Similarly, if the operand is the result
  of a [] operator, neither the & operator nor the unary * that is
  implied by the [] is evaluated and the result is as if the & operator
  were removed and the [] operator were changed to a + operator.

=> In short, this is saying that C guarantees these identities:
    1. &(*p) is equivalent to p
    2. &(p[n]) is equivalent to p + n

As a consequence, &(*p) doesn't result in the evaluation of *p, only
the evaluation of p (and similar for []). There is no corresponding
special carve-out for ->.

See also: https://pvs-studio.com/en/blog/posts/cpp/0306/

After this patch, HAProxy can run without crashing after building w/
clang-19 -fsanitize=undefined -fno-sanitize=function,alignment
2025-07-25 17:54:32 +02:00
Ben Kallus
d3b46cca7b CLEANUP: compiler: prefer char * over void * for pointer arithmetic
This patch changes two instances of pointer arithmetic on void *
to use char * instead, to avoid UB. This is essentially to please
UB analyzers, though.
2025-07-25 17:54:32 +02:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
75e480d107 MEDIUM: stats: avoid 1 indirection by storing the shared stats directly in counters struct
Between 3.2 and 3.3-dev we noticed a noticeable performance regression
due to stats handling. After bisecting, Willy found out that recent
work to split stats computing accross multiple thread groups (stats
sharding) was responsible for that performance regression. We're looking
at roughly 20% performance loss.

More precisely, it is the added indirections, multiplied by the number
of statistics that are updated for each request, which in the end causes
a significant amount of time being spent resolving pointers.

We noticed that the fe_counters_shared and be_counters_shared structures
which are currently allocated in dedicated memory since a0dcab5c
("MAJOR: counters: add shared counters base infrastructure")
are no longer huge since 16eb0fab31 ("MAJOR: counters: dispatch counters
over thread groups") because they now essentially hold flags plus the
per-thread group id pointer mapping, not the counters themselves.

As such we decided to try merging fe_counters_shared and
be_counters_shared in their parent structures. The cost is slight memory
overhead for the parent structure, but it allows to get rid of one
pointer indirection. This patch alone yields visible performance gains
and almost restores 3.2 stats performance.

counters_fe_shared_get() was renamed to counters_fe_shared_prepare() and
now returns either failure or success instead of a pointer because we
don't need to retrieve a shared pointer anymore, the function takes care
of initializing existing pointer.
2025-07-25 16:46:10 +02:00
Christopher Faulet
b8d5307bd9 MEDIUM: applet: Emit a warning when a legacy applet is spawned
To motivate developers to support the new applets API, a warning is now
emitted when a legacy applet is spawned. To not flood users, this warning is
only emitted once per legacy applet. To do so, the applet flag
APPLET_FL_WARNED was added. It is set when the warning is emitted.

Note that test and set on this flag are not performed via atomic operations.
So it is possible to have more than one warning for a given applet if it is
spawned in same time on several threads. At worrst, there is one warning per
thread.
2025-07-25 15:53:33 +02:00
Christopher Faulet
337768656b MINOR: applet: Add support for flags on applets with a flag about the new API
A new field was added in the applet structure to be able to set flags on the
applets The first one is related to the new API. APPLET_FL_NEW_API is set
for applets based on the new API. It was set on all HAProxy's applets.
2025-07-25 15:44:02 +02:00
Christopher Faulet
1f9a1cbefc MINOR: applet: Improve applet API to take care of inbuf/outbuf alloc failures
applet_get_inbuf() and applet_get_outbuf() functions were not testing if the
buffers were available. So, the caller had to check them before calling one
of these functions. It is not really handy. So now, these functions take
care to have a fully usable buffer before returning. Otherwise NULL is
returned.
2025-07-24 12:13:41 +02:00
Christopher Faulet
44aae94ab9 MINOR: applet: Add HTX versions for applet_input_data() and applet_output_room()
It will be useful for HTX applets because availale data in the input buffer and
available space in the output buffer are computed from the HTX message and not
the buffer itself. So now, applet_htx_input_data() and applet_htx_output_room()
functions can be used.
2025-07-24 12:13:41 +02:00
Christopher Faulet
d9855102cf BUG/MEDIUM: Remove sync sends from streams to applets
When the applet API was reviewed to use dedicated buffers, the support for
sends from the streams to applets was added. Unfortunately, it was not a
good idea because this way it is possible to deliver data to an applet and
release it just after, truncated data. Indeed, the release stage for applets
is related to the stream release itself. However, unlike the multiplexers,
the applets cannot survive to a stream for now.

So, for now, the sync sends from the streams is removed for applets, waiting
for a better way to handle the applets release stage.

Note that this only concerns applets using their own buffers. And of now,
the bug is harmless because all refactored applets are on server side and
consume data first. But this will be an issue with the HTTP client.

This patch should be backported as far as 3.0 after a period of observation.
2025-07-24 12:13:41 +02:00
Christopher Faulet
574d0d8211 BUG/MINOR: applet: Fix applet_getword() to not return one extra byte
applet_getword() function is returning one extra byte when a string is
returned because the "ret" variable is not reset before the loop on the
data. The patch also fixes applet_getline().

It is a 3.3-specific issue. No need to backport.
2025-07-24 12:13:41 +02:00
Christopher Faulet
41a40680ce BUG/MEDIUM: stconn: Fix conditions to know an applet can get data from stream
sc_is_send_allowed() function is used to know if an applet is able to
receive data from the stream. But this function was designed for applets
using the channels buffer. It is not adapted to applets using their own
buffers.

when the SE_FL_WAIT_DATA flag is set, it means the applet is waiting for
more data and should not be woken up without new data. For applets using
channels buffer, just testing the flag is enough because process_stream()
will remove if when more data will be available. For applets using their own
buffers, it is more complicated. Some data may be blocked in the output
channel buffer. In that case, and when the applet input buffer can receive
daa, the applet can be woken up.

This patch must be backported as far as 3.0 after a period of observation.
2025-07-24 12:13:41 +02:00
Christopher Faulet
0d371d2729 BUG/MEDIUM: applet: State inbuf is no longer full if input data are skipped
When data are skipped from the input buffer of an applet, we must take care
to notify the input buffer is no longer full. Otherwise, this could prevent
the stream to push data to the applet.

It is 3.3-specific. No backport needed.
2025-07-24 12:13:41 +02:00
Ilia Shipitsin
a2267fafcf CLEANUP: acme: fix wrong spelling of "resources"
"ressources" was used as a variable name, let's use English variant
to make spell check happier
2025-07-24 08:11:42 +02:00
Amaury Denoyelle
3bf37596ba MINOR: mux-quic: store session in QCS instance
Add a new <sess> member into QCS structure. It is used to store the
parent session of the stream on attach operation. This is only done for
backend side.

This new member will become necessary when connection reuse will be
implemented. <owner> member of connection is not suitable as it could be
set to NULL, notably after a session_add_conn() failure.

Also, a single BE conn can be shared along different session instance,
in particular when using aggressive/always reuse mode. Thus it is
necessary to linked each QCS instance with its session.
2025-07-23 15:42:37 +02:00
Remi Tricot-Le Breton
8f2b787241 MINOR: ssl: Add curves in ssl traces
Dump the ClientHello curves in the SSL traces.
2025-07-21 16:44:50 +02:00
Remi Tricot-Le Breton
d799a1b3b2 MINOR: ssl: Add curve id to curve name table and mapping functions
The SSL libraries like OpenSSL for instance do not seem to actually
provide a public mapping between IANA defined curve IDs and curve names,
or even a mapping between curve IDs and internal NIDs.
This new table regroups all those information in a single table so that
we can convert curve names (be it SECG or NIST format) to curve IDs or
NIDs.
The previously existing 'curves2nid' function now uses the new table,
and a new 'curveid2str' one is added.
2025-07-21 16:44:50 +02:00
Remi Tricot-Le Breton
f00d9bf12d MINOR: ssl: Add ciphers in ssl traces
Decode the contents of the ClientHello ciphers extension and dump a
human readable list in the ssl traces.
2025-07-21 16:44:50 +02:00
Frederic Lecaille
14d0f74052 MINOR: quic: Remove pool_head_quic_be_cc_buf pool
This patch impacts the QUIC frontends. It reverts this patch

    MINOR: quic-be: add a "CC connection" backend TX buffer pool

which adds <pool_head_quic_be_cc_buf> new pool to allocate CC (connection closed state)
TX buffers with bigger object size than the one for <pool_head_quic_cc_buf>.
Indeed the QUIC backends must be able to send at least 1200 bytes Initial packets.

For now on, both the QUIC frontends and backend use the same pool with
MAX(QUIC_INITIAL_IPV6_MTU, QUIC_INITIAL_IPV4_MTU)(1252 bytes) as object size.
2025-07-17 19:33:21 +02:00
Valentine Krasnobaeva
9e11c852fe MINOR: cpu-topo: write thread-cpu bindings into trash buffer
Write thread-cpu bindings and cluster summary into provided trash buffer.
Like this we can call this function in any place, when this info is needed.
2025-07-17 19:07:58 +02:00
Valentine Krasnobaeva
2405283230 MINOR: cpu-topo: split cpu_dump_topology() to show its summary in show dev
cpu_dump_topology() prints details about each enabled CPU and a summary with
clusters info and thread-cpu bindings. The latter is often usefull for
debugging and we want to add it in the 'show dev' output.

So, let's split cpu_dump_topology() in two parts: cpu_topo_debug() to print the
details about each enabled CPU; and cpu_topo_dump_summary() to print only the
summary.

In the next commit we will modify cpu_topo_dump_summary() to write into local
trash buffer and it could be easily called from debug_parse_cli_show_dev().
2025-07-17 19:07:46 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
b6d0ecd258 DOC: connection: explain the rules for idle/safe/avail connections
It's super difficult to find the rules that operate idle conns depending
on their idle/safe/avail/private status. Some are in lists, others not.
Some are in trees, others not. Some have a flag set, others not. This
documents the rules before the definitions in connection-t.h. It could
even be backported to help during backport sessions.
2025-07-16 18:53:57 +02:00
Frederic Lecaille
838024e07e MINOR: quic: Get rid of qc_is_listener()
Replace all calls to qc_is_listener() (resp. !qc_is_listener()) by calls to
objt_listener() (resp. objt_server()).
Remove qc_is_listener() implement and QUIC_FL_CONN_LISTENER the flag it
relied on.
2025-07-16 16:42:21 +02:00
Christopher Faulet
4f7c26cbb3 BUG/MINOR: applet: Don't trigger BUG_ON if the tid is not on appctx init
When an appctx is initialized, there is a BUG_ON() to be sure the appctx is
really initialized on the right thread to avoid bugs on the thread
affinity. However, it is possible to not choose the thread when the appctx
is created and let it starts on any thread. In that case, the thread
affinity is set when the appctx is initialized. So, we must take cate to not
trigger the BUG_ON() in that case.

For now, we never hit the bug because the thread affinity is always set
during the appctx creation.

This patch must be backport as far as 2.8.
2025-07-16 13:47:33 +02:00
Amaury Denoyelle
63586a8ab4 BUG/MINOR: h3: properly handle interim response on BE side
On backend side, H3 layer is responsible to decode a HTTP/3 response
into an HTX message. Multiple responses may be received on a single
stream with interim status codes prior to the final one.

h3_resp_headers_to_htx() is the function used solely on backend side
responsible for H3 response to HTX transcoding. This patch extends it to
be able to properly support interim responses. When such a response is
received, the new flag H3_SF_RECV_INTERIM is set. This is converted to
QMUX qcs flag QC_SF_EOI_SUSPENDED.

The objective of this latter flag is to prevent stream EOI to be
reported during stream rcv_buf callback, even if HTX message contains
EOM and is empty. QC_SF_EOI_SUSPENDED will be cleared when the final
response is finally converted, which unblock stream EOI notification for
next rcv_buf invocations. Note however that HTX EOM is untouched : it is
always set for both interim and final response reception.

As a minor adjustment, HTX_SL_F_BODYLESS is always set for interim
responses.

Contrary to frontend interim response handling, a flag is necessary on
QMUX layer. This is because H3 to HTX transcoding and rcv_buf callback
are two distinct operations, called under different context (MUX vs
stream tasklet).

Also note that H3 layer has two distinct flags for interim response
handling, one only used as a server (FE side) and the other as a client
(BE side). It was preferred to used two distinct flags which is
considered less error-prone, contrary to a single unified flag which
would require to always set the proxy side to ensure it is relevant or
not.

No need to backport.
2025-07-15 18:39:23 +02:00
Amaury Denoyelle
f349df44b4 MINOR: qmux: change API for snd_buf FIN transmission
Previous patches have fixes interim response encoding via
h3_resp_headers_send(). However, it is still necessary to adjust h3
layer state-machine so that several successive HTTP responses are
accepted for a single stream.

Prior to this, QMUX was responsible to decree that the final HTX message
was encoded so that FIN stream can be emitted. However, with interim
response, MUX is in fact unable to properly determine this. As such,
this is the responsibility of the application protocol layer. To reflect
this, app_ops snd_buf callback is modified so that a new output argument
<fin> is added to it.

Note that for now this commit does not bring any functional change.
However, it will be necessary for the following patch. As such, it
should be backported prior to it to every versions as necessary.
2025-07-15 18:39:23 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
4ac28f07d0 MEDIUM: proxy: take the defsrv out of the struct proxy
The server struct has gone huge over time (~3.8kB), and having a copy
of it in the defsrv section of the struct proxy costs a lot of RAM,
that is not needed anymore at run time.

This patch replaces this struct with a dynamically allocated one. The
field is allocated and initialized during alloc_new_proxy() and is
freed when the proxy is destroyed for now. But the goal will be to
support freeing it after parsing the section.
2025-07-15 10:34:18 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
616c10f608 CLEANUP: server: add server_find_by_addr()
Server lookup by address requires locking and manipulation of the tree
from user code. Let's provide server_find_by_addr() which does that for
us.
2025-07-15 10:30:28 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
fda04994d9 CLEANUP: server: simplify server_find_by_id()
At a few places we're seeing some open-coding of the same function, likely
because it looks overkill for what it's supposed to do, due to extraneous
tests that are not needed (e.g. check of the backend's PR_CAP_BE etc).
Let's just remove all these superfluous tests and inline it so that it
feels more suitable for use everywhere it's needed.
2025-07-15 10:30:28 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
61acd15ea8 CLEANUP: server: rename findserver() to server_find_by_name()
Now it's more logical and matches what is done in the rest of these
functions. server_find() now relies on it.
2025-07-15 10:30:28 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
6ad9285796 CLEANUP: server: rename server_find_by_name() to server_find()
This function doesn't just look at the name but also the ID when the
argument starts with a '#'. So the name is not correct and explains
why this function is not always used when the name only is needed,
and why the list-based findserver() is used instead. So let's just
call the function "server_find()", and rename its generation-id based
cousin "server_find_unique()".
2025-07-15 10:30:28 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
5e78ab33cd MINOR: server: use the tree to look up the server name in findserver()
Let's just use the tree-based lookup instead of walking through the list.
This function is used to find duplicates in "track" statements and a few
such places, so it's important not to waste too much time on large setups.
2025-07-15 10:30:27 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
12a6a3bb3f REORG: server: move findserver() from proxy.c to server.c
The reason this function was overlooked is that it had mostly equivalent
ones in server.c, let's move them together.
2025-07-15 10:30:27 +02:00
Valentine Krasnobaeva
0c63883be1 MINOR: debug: add distro name and version in postmortem
Since 2012, systemd compliant distributions contain
/etc/os-release file. This file has some standardized format, see details at
https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/latest/os-release.html.

Let's read it in feed_post_mortem_linux() to gather more info about the
distribution.

(cherry picked from commit f1594c41368baf8f60737b229e4359fa7e1289a9)
Signed-off-by: Willy Tarreau <w@1wt.eu>
2025-07-11 11:48:19 +02:00
Ilia Shipitsin
0ee3d739b8 CLEANUP: assorted typo fixes in the code, commits and doc
Corrected various spelling and phrasing errors to improve clarity and consistency.
2025-07-10 19:49:48 +02:00
Christopher Faulet
187ae28cf4 MINOR: h1-htx: Add function to format an HTX message in its H1 representation
The function h1_format_htx_msg() can now be used to convert a valid HTX
message in its H1 representation. No validity test is performed, the HTX
message must be valid. Only trailers are silently ignored if the message is
not chunked. In addition, the destination buffer must be empty. 1XX interim
responses should be supported. But again, there is no validity tests.
2025-07-10 10:29:49 +02:00
Christopher Faulet
25b0625d5c BUG/MEDIUM: http-client: Drain the request if an early response is received
When a large request is sent, it is possible to have a response before the
end of the request. It is valid from HTTP perspective but it is an issue
with the current design of the http-client. Indded, the request and the
response are handled sequentially. So the response will be blocked, waiting
for the end of the request. Most of time, it is not an issue, except when
the request transfer is blocked. In that case, the applet is blocked.

With the current API, it is not possible to handle early response and
continue the request transfer. So, this case cannot be handle. In that case,
it seems reasonnable to drain the request if a response is received. This
way, the request transfer, from the caller point of view, is never blocked
and the response can be properly processed.

To do so, the action flag HTTPCLIENT_FA_DRAIN_REQ is added to the
http-client. When it is set, the request payload is just dropped. In that
case, we take care to not report the end of input to properly report the
request was truncated, especially in logs.

It is only an issue with large POSTs, when the payload is streamed.

This patch must be backported as far as 2.6.
2025-07-09 16:27:24 +02:00
Frederic Lecaille
45ac235baa BUG/MEDIUM: quic: Crash after QUIC server callbacks restoration (OpenSSL 3.5)
Revert this patch which is no more useful since OpenSSL 3.5.1 to remove the
QUIC server callback restoration after SSL context switch:

    MINOR: quic: OpenSSL 3.5 internal QUIC custom extension for transport parameters reset

It was required for 3.5.0. That said, there was no CI for OpenSSL 3.5 at the date
of this commit. The CI recently revealed that the QUIC server side could crash
during QUIC reg tests just after having restored the callbacks as implemented by
the commit above.

Also revert this commit which is no more useful because it arrived with the commit
above:

	BUG/MEDIUM: quic: SSL/TCP handshake failures with OpenSSL 3.

Must be backported to 3.2.
2025-07-09 16:01:02 +02:00
Frederic Lecaille
c01eb1040e MINOR: quic: Prevent QUIC build with OpenSSL 3.5 new QUIC API version < 3.5.1
The QUIC listener part was impacted by the 3.5.0 OpenSSL new QUIC API with several
issues which have been fixed by 3.5.1.

Add a #error to prevent such OpenSSL 3.5 new QUIC API use with version below 3.5.1.

Must be backported to 3.2.
2025-07-09 16:01:02 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
95cf518bfa BUG/MINOR: resolvers: don't lower the case of binary DNS format
The server's "hostname_dn" is in Domain Name format, not a pure string, as
converted by resolv_str_to_dn_label(). It is made of lower-case string
components delimited by binary lengths, e.g. <0x03>www<0x07>haproxy<0x03)org.
As such it must not be lowercased again in srv_state_srv_update(), because
1) it's useless on the name components since already done, and 2) because
it would replace component lengths 97 and above by 32-char shorter ones.
Granted, not many domain names have that large components so the risk is
very low but the operation is always wrong anyway. This was brought in
2.5 by commit 3406766d57 ("MEDIUM: resolvers: add a ref between servers
and srv request or used SRV record").

In the same vein, let's fix the confusing strcasecmp() that are applied
to this binary format, and use memcmp() instead. Here there's basically
no risk to incorrectly match the wrong record, but that test alone is
confusing enough to provoke the existence of the bug above.

Finally let's update the component for that field to mention that it's
in this format and already lower cased.

Better not backport this, the risk of facing this bug is almost zero, and
every time we touch such files something breaks for bad reasons.
2025-07-08 07:54:45 +02:00
Frederic Lecaille
5a87f4673a MINOR: quic: Prevent QUIC backend use with the OpenSSL QUIC compatibility module (USE_OPENSS_COMPAT)
Make the server line parsing fail when a QUIC backend is configured  if haproxy
is built to use the OpenSSL stack compatibility module. This latter does not
support the QUIC client part.
2025-07-07 14:13:02 +02:00
Frederic Lecaille
6aebca7f2c BUG/MINOR: quic: Missing TLS 1.3 QUIC cipher suites and groups inits (OpenSSL 3.5 QUIC API)
This bug impacts both QUIC backends and frontends with OpenSSL 3.5 as QUIC API.

The connections to a haproxy QUIC listener from a haproxy QUIC backend could not
work at all without HelloRetryRequest TLS messages emitted by the backend
asking the QUIC client to restart the handshake followed by TLS alerts:

    conn. @(nil) OpenSSL error[0xa000098] read_state_machine: excessive message size

Furthermore, the Initial CRYPTO data sent by the client were big (about two 1252 bytes
packets) (ClientHello TLS message). After analyzing the packets a key_share extension
with <unknown> as value was long (more that 1Ko). This extension is in relation with
the groups but does not belong to the groups supported by QUIC.

That said such connections could work with ngtcp2 as backend built against the same
OSSL TLS stack API but with a HelloRetryRequest.

ngtcp2 always set the QUIC default cipher suites and group, for all the stacks it
supports as implemented by this patch.

So this patch configures both QUIC backend and frontend cipher suites and groups
calling SSL_CTX_set_ciphersuites() and SSL_CTX_set1_groups_list() with the correct
argument, except for SSL_CTX_set1_groups_list() which fails with QUIC TLS for
a unknown reason at this time.

The call to SSL_CTX_set_options() is useless from ssl_quic_initial_ctx() for the QUIC
clients. One relies on ssl_sock_prepare_srv_ssl_ctx() to set them for now on.

This patch is effective for all the supported stacks without impact for AWS-LC,
and QUIC TLS and fixes the connections for haproxy QUIC frontend and backends
when builts against OpenSSL 3.5 QUIC API).

A new define HAVE_OPENSSL_QUICTLS has been added to openssl-compat.h to distinguish
the QUIC TLS stack.

Must be backported to 3.2.
2025-07-07 14:13:02 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
573143e0c8 MINOR: pattern: add a counter of added/freed patterns
Patterns are allocated when loading maps/acls from a file or dynamically
via the CLI, and are released only from the CLI (e.g. "clear map xxx").
These ones do not use pools and are much harder to monitor, e.g. in case
a script adds many and forgets to clear them, etc.

Let's add a new pair of metrics "PatternsAdded" and "PatternsFreed" that
will report the number of added and freed patterns respectively. This
can allow to simply graph both. The difference between the two normally
represents the number of allocated patterns. If Added grows without
Freed following, it can indicate a faulty script that doesn't perform
the needed cleanup. The metrics are also made available to Prometheus
as patterns_added_total and patterns_freed_total respectively.
2025-07-05 00:12:45 +02:00
Remi Tricot-Le Breton
a075d6928a CLEANUP: ssl: Rename ssl_trace-t.h to ssl_trace.h
This header does not actually contain any structures so it's best to
remove the '-t' from the name for better consistency.
2025-07-04 15:21:50 +02:00
Christopher Faulet
5232df57ab MINOR: proto-tcp: Add support for TCP MD5 signature for listeners and servers
This patch adds the support for the RFC2385 (Protection of BGP Sessions via
the + TCP MD5 Signature Option) for the listeners and the servers. The
feature is only available on Linux. Keywords are not exposed otherwise.

By setting "tcp-md5sig <password>" option on a bind line, TCP segments of
all connections instantiated from the listening socket will be signed with a
16-byte MD5 digest. The same option can be set on a server line to protect
outgoing connections to the corresponding server.

The primary use case for this option is to allow BGP to protect itself
against the introduction of spoofed TCP segments into the connection
stream. But it can be useful for any very long-lived TCP connections.

A reg-test was added and it will be executed only on linux. All other
targets are excluded.
2025-07-03 15:25:40 +02:00
William Lallemand
3e05e20029 MEDIUM: httpclient: implement a way to use directly htx data
Add a HTTPCLIENT_O_RES_HTX flag which allow to store directly the HTX
data in the response buffer instead of extracting the data in raw
format.

This is useful when the data need to be reused in another request.
2025-07-01 16:31:47 +02:00
William Lallemand
2f4219ed68 MEDIUM: httpclient: split the CLI from the actual httpclient API
This patch split the httpclient code to prevent confusion between the
httpclient CLI command and the actual httpclient API.

Indeed there was a confusion between the flag used internally by the
CLI command, and the actual httpclient API.

hc_cli_* functions as well as HC_C_F_* defines were moved to
httpclient_cli.c.
2025-07-01 15:46:04 +02:00
William Lallemand
519abefb57 BUG/MINOR: httpclient: wrongly named httpproxy flag
The HC_F_HTTPPROXY flag was wrongly named and does not use the correct
value, indeed this flag was meant to be used for the httpclient API, not
the httpclient CLI.

This patch fixes the problem by introducing HTTPCLIENT_FO_HTTPPROXY
which has must be set in hc->flags.

Also add a member 'options' in the httpclient structure, because the
member flags is reinitialized when starting.

Must be backported as far as 3.0.
2025-07-01 14:47:52 +02:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
747a812066 MEDIUM: stats: add persistent state to typed output format
Add a fourth character to the second column of the "typed output format"
to indicate whether the value results from a volatile or persistent metric
('V' or 'P' characters respectively). A persistent metric means the value
could possibily be preserved across reloads by leveraging a shared memory
between multiple co-processes. Such metrics are identified as "shared" in
the code (since they are possibly shared between multiple co-processes)

Some reg-tests were updated to take that change into account, also, some
outputs in the configuration manual were updated to reflect current
behavior.
2025-07-01 14:15:03 +02:00
Remi Tricot-Le Breton
522bca98e1 MAJOR: jwt: Allow certificate instead of public key in jwt_verify converter
The 'jwt_verify' converter could only be passed public keys as second
parameter instead of full-on public certificates. This patch allows
proper certificates to be used.
Those certificates can be loaded in ckch_stores like any other
certificate which means that all the certificate-related operations that
can be made via the CLI can now benefit JWT validation as well.

We now have two ways JWT validation can work, the legacy one which only
relies on public keys which could not be stored in ckch_stores without
some in depth changes in the way the ckch_stores are built. In this
legacy way, the public keys are fully stored in a cache dedicated to JWT
only which does not have any CLI commands and any way to update them
during runtime. It also requires that all the public keys used are
passed at least once explicitely to the 'jwt_verify' converter so that
they can be loaded during init.
The new way uses actual certificates, either already stored in the
ckch_store tree (if predefined in a crt-store or already used previously
in the configuration) or loaded in the ckch_store tree during init if
they are explicitely used in the configuration like so:
    var(txn.bearer),jwt_verify(txn.jwt_alg,"cert.pem")

When using a variable (or any other way that can only be resolved during
runtime) in place of the converter's <key> parameter, the first time we
encounter a new value (for which we don't have any entry in the jwt
tree) we will lock the ckch_store tree and try to perform a lookup in
it. If the lookup fails, an entry will still be inserted into the jwt
tree so that any following call with this value avoids performing the
ckch_store tree lookup.
2025-06-30 17:59:55 +02:00
Remi Tricot-Le Breton
cd89ce1766 MINOR: jwt: Rename pkey to pubkey in jwt_cert_tree_entry struct
Rename the jwt_cert_tree_entry member pkey to pubkey to avoid any
confusion between private and public key.
2025-06-30 17:59:55 +02:00
Christopher Faulet
a2a142bf40 BUG/MEDIUM: hlua: Forbid any L6/L7 sample fetche functions from lua services
It was already forbidden to use HTTP sample fetch functions from lua
services. An error is triggered if it happens. However, the error must be
extended to any L6/L7 sample fetch functions.

Indeed, a lua service is an applet. It totally unexepected for an applet to
access to input data in a channel's buffer. These data have not been
analyzed yet and are still subject to any change. An applet, lua or not,
must never access to "not forwarded" data. Only output data are
available. For now, if a lua applet relies on any L6/L7 sampel fetch
functions, the behavior is undefined and not consistent.

So to fix the issue, hlua flag HLUA_F_MAY_USE_HTTP is renamed to
HLUA_F_MAY_USE_CHANNELS_DATA. This flag is used to prevent any lua applet to
use L6/L7 sample fetch functions.

This patch could be backported to all stable versions.
2025-06-30 16:47:59 +02:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
4fcc9b5572 MINOR: counters: rename last_change counter to last_state_change
Since proxy and server struct already have an internal last_change
variable and we cannot merge it with the shared counter one, let's
rename the last_change counter to be more specific and prevent the
mixup between the two.

last_change counter is renamed to last_state_change, and unlike the
internal last_change, this one is a shared counter so it is expected
to be updated by other processes in our back.

However, when updating last_state_change counter, we use the value
of the server/proxy last_change as reference value.
2025-06-30 16:26:38 +02:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
5b1480c9d4 MEDIUM: proxy: add and use a separate last_change variable for internal use
Same motivation as previous commit, proxy last_change is "abused" because
it is used for 2 different purposes, one for stats, and the other one
for process-local internal use.

Let's add a separate proxy-only last_change variable for internal use,
and leave the last_change shared (and thread-grouped) counter for
statistics.
2025-06-30 16:26:31 +02:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
01dfe17acf MEDIUM: server: add and use a separate last_change variable for internal use
last_change server metric is used for 2 separate purposes. First it is
used to report last server state change date for stats and other related
metrics. But it is also used internally, including in sensitive paths,
such as lb related stuff to take decision or perform computations
(ie: in srv_dynamic_maxconn()).

Due to last_change counter now being split over thread groups since 16eb0fa
("MAJOR: counters: dispatch counters over thread groups"), reading the
aggregated value has a cost, and we cannot afford to consult last_change
value from srv_dynamic_maxconn() anymore. Moreover, since the value is
used to take decision for the current process we don't wan't the variable
to be updated by another process in our back.

To prevent performance regression and sharing issues, let's instead add a
separate srv->last_change value, which is not updated atomically (given how
rare the  updates are), and only serves for places where the use of the
aggregated last_change counter/stats (split over thread groups) is too
costly.
2025-06-30 16:26:25 +02:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
837762e2ee MINOR: mailers: warn if mailers are configured but not actually used
Now that native mailers configuration is only usable with Lua mailers,
Willy noticed that we lack a way to warn the user if mailers were
previously configured on an older version but Lua mailers were not loaded,
which could trick the user into thinking mailers keep working when
transitionning to 3.2 while it is not.

In this patch we add the 'core.use_native_mailers_config()' Lua function
which should be called in Lua script body before making use of
'Proxy:get_mailers()' function to retrieve legacy mailers configuration
from haproxy main config. This way haproxy effectively knows that the
native mailers config is actually being used from Lua (which indicates
user correctly migrated from native mailers to Lua mailers), else if
mailers are configured but not used from Lua then haproxy warns the user
about the fact that they will be ignored unless they are used from Lua.
(e.g.: using the provided 'examples/lua/mailers.lua' to ease transition)
2025-06-27 16:41:18 +02:00
Frederic Lecaille
194e3bc2d5 MINOR: quic-be: address validation support implementation (RETRY)
- Add ->retry_token and ->retry_token_len new quic_conn struct members to store
  the retry tokens. These objects are allocated by quic_rx_packet_parse() and
  released by quic_conn_release().
- Add <pool_head_quic_retry_token> new pool for these tokens.
- Implement quic_retry_packet_check() to check the integrity tag of these tokens
  upon RETRY packets receipt. quic_tls_generate_retry_integrity_tag() is called
  by this new function. It has been modified to pass the address where the tag
  must be generated
- Add <resend> new parameter to quic_pktns_discard(). This function is called
  to discard the packet number spaces where the already TX packets and frames are
  attached to. <resend> allows the caller to prevent this function to release
  the in flight TX packets/frames. The frames are requeued to be resent.
- Modify quic_rx_pkt_parse() to handle the RETRY packets. What must be done upon
  such packets receipt is:
  - store the retry token,
  - store the new peer SCID as the DCID of the connection. Note that the peer will
    modify again its SCID. This is why this SCID is also stored as the ODCID
    which must be matched with the peer retry_source_connection_id transport parameter,
  - discard the Initial packet number space without flagging it as discarded and
    prevent retransmissions calling qc_set_timer(),
  - modify the TLS cryptographic cipher contexts (RX/TX),
  - wakeup the I/O handler to send new Initial packets asap.
- Modify quic_transport_param_decode() to handle the retry_source_connection_id
  transport parameter as a QUIC client. Then its caller is modified to
  check this transport parameter matches with the SCID sent by the peer with
  the RETRY packet.
2025-06-26 09:48:00 +02:00
Frederic Lecaille
9cb2acd2f2 MINOR: quic-be: add a "CC connection" backend TX buffer pool
A QUIC client must be able to close a connection sending Initial packets. But
QUIC client Initial packets must always be at least 1200 bytes long. To reduce
the memory use of TX buffers of a connection when in "closing" state, a pool
was dedicated for this purpose but with a too much reduced TX buffer size
(QUIC_MAX_CC_BUFSIZE).

This patch adds a "closing state connection" TX buffer pool with the same role
for QUIC backends.
2025-06-26 09:48:00 +02:00
William Lallemand
7cb6167d04 MAJOR: mworker: remove program section support
This patch removes completely the support for the program section, the
parsing of the section as well as the internals in the mworker does not
support it anymore.

The program section was considered dysfonctional and not fully
compatible with the "mworker V3" model. Users that want to run an
external program must use their init system.

The documentation is cleaned up in another patch.
2025-06-25 16:11:34 +02:00
Remi Tricot-Le Breton
34fc73ba81 MINOR: ssl: Add "renegotiate" server option
This "renegotiate" option can be set on SSL backends to allow secure
renegotiation. It is mostly useful with SSL libraries that disable
secure regotiation by default (such as AWS-LC).
The "no-renegotiate" one can be used the other way around, to disable
secure renegotation that could be allowed by default.
Those two options can be set via "ssl-default-server-options" as well.
2025-06-25 15:23:48 +02:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
5694a98744 MAJOR: mailers: remove native mailers support
As mentioned in 2.8 announce on the mailing list [1] and on the wiki [2]
native mailers were deprecated and planned for removal in 3.3. Now is
the time to drop the legacy code for native mailers which is based on a
tcpcheck "hack" and cannot be maintained. Lua mailers should be used as
a drop in replacement. Indeed, "mailers" and associated config directives
are preserved because mailers config is exposed to Lua, which helps smoothing
the transition from native mailers to Lua based ones.

As a reminder, to keep mailers configuration working as before without
making changes to the config file, simply add the line below to the global
section:

       lua-load examples/lua/mailers.lua

mailers.lua script (provided in the git repository, adjust path as needed)
may be customized by users familiar with Lua, by default it emulates the
behavior of the native (now removed) mailers.

[1]: https://www.mail-archive.com/haproxy@formilux.org/msg43600.html
[2]: https://github.com/haproxy/wiki/wiki/Breaking-changes
2025-06-24 10:55:58 +02:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
c0f6024854 MINOR: hlua: emit a log instead of an alert for aborted actions due to unavailable yield
As reported by Chris Staite in GH #3002, trying to yield from a Lua
action during a client disconnect causes the script to be interrupted
(which is expected) and an alert to be emitted with the error:
"Lua function '%s': yield not allowed".

While this error is well suited for cases where the yield is not expected
at all (ie: when context doesn't allow it) and results from a yield misuse
in the Lua script, it isn't the case when the yield is exceptionnally not
available due to an abort or error in the request/response processing.
Because of that we raise an alert but the user cannot do anything about it
(the script is correct), so it is confusing and polluting the logs.

In this patch we introduce the ACT_OPT_FINAL_EARLY flag which is a
complementary flag to ACT_OPT_FIRST. This flag is set when the
ACT_OPT_FIRST is set earlier than normal (due to error/abort).
hlua_action() then checks for this flag to decide whether an error (alert)
or a simple log message should be emitted when the yield is not available.

It should solve GH #3002. Thanks to Chris Staite (@chrisstaite-menlo) for
having reported the issue and suggested a solution.
2025-06-24 10:55:55 +02:00
Amaury Denoyelle
74b95922ef BUG/MEDIUM: quic: do not release BE quic-conn prior to upper conn
For frontend side, quic_conn is only released if MUX wasn't allocated,
either due to handshake abort, in which case upper layer is never
allocated, or after transfer completion when full conn + MUX layers are
already released.

On the backend side, initialization is not performed in the same order.
Indeed, in this case, connection is first instantiated, the nthe
quic_conn is created to execute the handshake, while MUX is still only
allocated on handshake completion. As such, it is not possible anymore
to free immediately quic_conn on handshake failure. Else, this can cause
crash if the connection try to reaccess to its transport layer after
quic_conn release.

Such crash can easily be reproduced in case of connection error to the
QUIC server. Here is an example of an experienced backtrace.

Thread 1 "haproxy" received signal SIGSEGV, Segmentation fault.
  0x0000555555739733 in quic_close (conn=0x55555734c0d0, xprt_ctx=0x5555573a6e50) at src/xprt_quic.c:28
  28              qc->conn = NULL;
  [ ## gdb ## ] bt
  #0  0x0000555555739733 in quic_close (conn=0x55555734c0d0, xprt_ctx=0x5555573a6e50) at src/xprt_quic.c:28
  #1  0x00005555559c9708 in conn_xprt_close (conn=0x55555734c0d0) at include/haproxy/connection.h:162
  #2  0x00005555559c97d2 in conn_full_close (conn=0x55555734c0d0) at include/haproxy/connection.h:206
  #3  0x00005555559d01a9 in sc_detach_endp (scp=0x7fffffffd648) at src/stconn.c:451
  #4  0x00005555559d05b9 in sc_reset_endp (sc=0x55555734bf00) at src/stconn.c:533
  #5  0x000055555598281d in back_handle_st_cer (s=0x55555734adb0) at src/backend.c:2754
  #6  0x000055555588158a in process_stream (t=0x55555734be10, context=0x55555734adb0, state=516) at src/stream.c:1907
  #7  0x0000555555dc31d9 in run_tasks_from_lists (budgets=0x7fffffffdb30) at src/task.c:655
  #8  0x0000555555dc3dd3 in process_runnable_tasks () at src/task.c:889
  #9  0x0000555555a1daae in run_poll_loop () at src/haproxy.c:2865
  #10 0x0000555555a1e20c in run_thread_poll_loop (data=0x5555569d1c00 <ha_thread_info>) at src/haproxy.c:3081
  #11 0x0000555555a1f66b in main (argc=5, argv=0x7fffffffde18) at src/haproxy.c:3671

To fix this, change the condition prior to calling quic_conn release. If
<conn> member is not NULL, delay the release, similarly to the case when
MUX is allocated. This allows connection to be freed first, and detach
from quic_conn layer through close xprt operation.

No need to backport.
2025-06-20 17:46:10 +02:00
Amaury Denoyelle
06cab99a0e MINOR: mux-quic: support max bidi streams value set by the peer
Implement support for MAX_STREAMS frame. On frontend, this was mostly
useless as haproxy would never initiate new bidirectional streams.
However, this becomes necessary to control stream flow-control when
using QUIC as a client on the backend side.

Parsing of MAX_STREAMS is implemented via new qcc_recv_max_streams().
This allows to update <ms_uni>/<ms_bidi> QCC fields.

This patch is necessary to achieve QUIC backend connection reuse.
2025-06-18 17:25:27 +02:00
Amaury Denoyelle
805a070ab9 BUG/MINOR: mux-quic/h3: properly handle too low peer fctl initial stream
Previously, no check on peer flow-control was implemented prior to open
a local QUIC stream. This was a small problem for frontend
implementation, as in this case haproxy as a server never opens
bidirectional streams.

On frontend, the only stream opened by haproxy in this case is for
HTTP/3 control unidirectional data. If the peer uses an initial value
for max uni streams set to 0, it would violate its flow control, and the
peer will probably close the connection. Note however that RFC 9114
mandates that each peer defines minimal initial value so that at least
the control stream can be created.

This commit improves the situation of too low initial max uni streams
value. Now, on HTTP/3 layer initialization, haproxy preemptively checks
flow control limit on streams via a new function
qcc_fctl_avail_streams(). If credit is already expired due to a too
small initial value, haproxy preemptively closes the connection using
H3_ERR_GENERAL_PROTOCOL_ERROR. This behavior is better as haproxy is now
the initiator of the connection closure.

This should be backported up to 2.8.
2025-06-18 17:18:55 +02:00
Amaury Denoyelle
c807182ec9 CLEANUP: connection: remove unused mux-ops dedicated to QUIC
Remove avail_streams_bidi/avail_streams_uni mux_ops. These callbacks
were designed to be specific to QUIC. However, they won't be necessary,
as stream layer only cares about bidirectional streams.
2025-06-18 17:02:50 +02:00
Amaury Denoyelle
555ec99d43 MINOR: h3: adjust auth request encoding or fallback to host
Implement proper encoding of HTTP/3 authority pseudo-header during
request transcoding on the backend side. A pseudo-header :authority is
encoded if a value can be extracted from HTX start-line. A special check
is also implemented to ensure that a host header is not encoded if
:authority already is.

A new function qpack_encode_auth() is defined to implement QPACK
encoding of :authority header using literal field line with name ref.
2025-06-16 18:11:09 +02:00
Amaury Denoyelle
235e818fa1 MINOR: h3: complete HTTP/3 request scheme encoding
Previously, scheme was always set to https when transcoding an HTX
start-line into a HTTP/3 request. Change this so this conversion is now
fully compliant.

If no scheme is specified by the client, which is what happens most of
the time with HTTP/1, https is set for the HTTP/3 request. Else, reuse
the scheme requested by the client.

If either https or http is set, qpack_encode_scheme will encode it using
entry from QPACK static table. Else, a full literal field line with name
ref is used instead as the scheme value is specified as-is.
2025-06-16 18:11:09 +02:00
Amaury Denoyelle
a0912cf914 MINOR: h3: complete HTTP/3 request method encoding
On the backend side, HTX start-line is converted into a HTTP/3 request
message. Previously, GET method was hardcoded. Implement proper method
conversion, by extracting it from the HTX start-line.

qpack_encode_method() has also been extended, so that it is able to
encode any method, either using a static table entry, or with a literal
field line with name ref representation.
2025-06-16 18:11:09 +02:00
Amaury Denoyelle
7157adb154 MINOR: h3: support basic HTX start-line conversion into HTTP/3 request
This commit is the first one of a serie which aim is to implement
transcoding of a HTX request into HTTP/3, which is necessary for QUIC
backend support.

Transcoding is implementing via a new function h3_req_headers_send()
when a HTX start-line is parsed. For now, most of the request fields are
hardcoded, using a GET method. This will be adjusted in the next
following patches.
2025-06-16 18:11:09 +02:00
Amaury Denoyelle
e8775d51df MINOR: mux-quic: define flag for backend side
Mux connection is flagged with new QC_CF_IS_BACK if used on the backend
side. For now the only change is during traces, to be able to
differentiate frontend and backend usage.
2025-06-12 11:28:54 +02:00
Amaury Denoyelle
93b904702f MINOR: mux-quic: improve documentation for snd/rcv app-ops
Complete document for rcv_buf/snd_buf operations. In particular, return
value is now explicitely defined. For H3 layer, associated functions
documentation is also extended.
2025-06-12 11:28:54 +02:00
Frederic Lecaille
b9703cf711 MINOR: quic-be: get rid of ->li quic_conn member
Replace ->li quic_conn pointer to struct listener member by  ->target which is
an object type enum and adapt the code.
Use __objt_(listener|server)() where the object type is known. Typically
this is were the code which is specific to one connection type (frontend/backend).
Remove <server> parameter passed to qc_new_conn(). It is redundant with the
<target> parameter.
GSO is not supported at this time for QUIC backend. qc_prep_pkts() is modified
to prevent it from building more than an MTU. This has as consequence to prevent
qc_send_ppkts() to use GSO.
ssl_clienthello.c code is run only by listeners. This is why __objt_listener()
is used in place of ->li.
2025-06-11 18:37:34 +02:00
Frederic Lecaille
2d076178c6 MINOR: quic-be: Store asap the DCID
Store the peer connection ID (SCID) as the connection DCID as soon as an Initial
packet is received.
Stop comparing the packet to QUIC_PACKET_TYPE_0RTT is already match as
QUIC_PACKET_TYPE_INITIAL.
A QUIC server must not send too short datagram with ack-eliciting packets inside.
This cannot be done from quic_rx_pkt_parse() because one does not know if
there is ack-eliciting frame into the Initial packets. If the packet must be
dropped, this is after having parsed it!
2025-06-11 18:37:34 +02:00
Frederic Lecaille
43d88a44f1 MINOR: quic-be: Datagrams and packet parsing support
Modify quic_dgram_parse() to stop passing it a listener as third parameter.
In place the object type address of the connection socket owner is passed
to support the haproxy servers with QUIC as transport protocol.
qc_owner_obj_type() is implemented to return this address.
qc_counters() is also implemented to return the QUIC specific counters of
the proxy of owner of the connection.
quic_rx_pkt_parse() called by quic_dgram_parse() is also modify to use
the object type address used by this latter as last parameter. It is
also modified to send Retry packet only from listeners. A QUIC client
(connection to haproxy QUIC servers) must drop the Initial packets with
non null token length. It is also not supposed to receive O-RTT packets
which are dropped.
2025-06-11 18:37:34 +02:00
Frederic Lecaille
89d5a59933 MINOR: quic-be: add field for max_udp_payload_size into quic_conn
Add ->max_udp_payload_size new member to quic_conn struct.
Initialize it from qc_new_conn().
Adapt qc_snd_buf() to use it.
2025-06-11 18:37:34 +02:00
Frederic Lecaille
52ec3430f2 MINOR: sock: Add protocol and socket types parameters to sock_create_server_socket()
This patch only adds <proto_type> new proto_type enum parameter and <sock_type>
socket type parameter to sock_create_server_socket() and adapts its callers.
This is to prepare the use of this function by QUIC servers/backends.
2025-06-11 18:37:34 +02:00
Frederic Lecaille
9c84f64652 MINOR: quic-be: Add a function to initialize the QUIC client transport parameters
Implement qc_srv_params_init() to initialize the QUIC client transport parameters
in relation with connections to haproxy servers/backends.
2025-06-11 18:37:34 +02:00
Frederic Lecaille
f49bbd36b9 MINOR: quic-be: SSL sessions initializations
Modify qc_alloc_ssl_sock_ctx() to pass the connection object as parameter. It is
NULL for a QUIC listener, not NULL for a QUIC server. This connection object is
set as value for ->conn quic_conn struct member. Initialise the SSL session object from
this function for QUIC servers.
qc_ssl_set_quic_transport_params() is also modified to pass the SSL object as parameter.
This is the unique parameter this function needs. <qc> parameter is used only for
the trace.
SSL_do_handshake() must be calle as soon as the SSL object is initialized for
the QUIC backend connection. This triggers the TLS CRYPTO data delivery.
tasklet_wakeup() is also called to send asap these CRYPTO data.
Modify the QUIC_EV_CONN_NEW event trace to dump the potential errors returned by
SSL_do_handshake().
2025-06-11 18:37:34 +02:00
Frederic Lecaille
1408d94bc4 MINOR: quic-be: ssl_sock contexts allocation and misc adaptations
Implement ssl_sock_new_ssl_ctx() to allocate a SSL server context as this is currently
done for TCP servers and also for QUIC servers depending on the <is_quic> boolean value
passed as new parameter. For QUIC servers, this function calls ssl_quic_srv_new_ssl_ctx()
which is specific to QUIC.
2025-06-11 18:37:34 +02:00
Frederic Lecaille
1e45690656 MINOR: quic-be: Add a function for the TLS context allocations
Implement ssl_quic_srv_new_ssl_ctx() whose aim is to allocate a TLS context
for QUIC servers.
2025-06-11 18:37:34 +02:00
Frederic Lecaille
24fc44c44d MINOR: quic-be: QUIC backend XPRT and transport parameters init during parsing
Add ->quic_params new member to server struct.
Also set the ->xprt member of the server being initialized and initialize asap its
transport parameters from _srv_parse_init().
2025-06-11 18:37:34 +02:00
Frederic Lecaille
990c9f95f7 MINOR: quic-be: Correct Version Information transp. param encoding
According to the RFC, a QUIC client must encode the QUIC version it supports
into the "Available Versions" of "Version Information" transport parameter
order by descending preference.

This is done defining <quic_version_2> and <quic_version_draft_29> new variables
pointers to the corresponding version of <quic_versions> array elements.
A client announces its available versions as follows: v1, v2, draft29.
2025-06-11 18:37:34 +02:00
Amaury Denoyelle
bdd5e58179 MINOR: server: implement helper to identify QUIC servers
Define srv_is_quic() which can be used to quickly identified if a server
uses QUIC protocol.
2025-06-11 18:37:19 +02:00
Olivier Houchard
6993981cd6 BUG/MEDIUM: fd: Use the provided tgid in fd_insert() to get tgroup_info
In fd_insert(), use the provided tgid to ghet the thread group info,
instead of using the one of the current thread, as we may call
fd_insert() from a thread of another thread group, that will happen at
least when binding the listeners. Otherwise we'd end up accessing the
thread mask containing enabled thread of the wrong thread group, which
can lead to crashes if we're binding on threads not present in the
thread group.
This should fix Github issue #2991.

This should be backported up to 2.8.
2025-06-10 15:10:56 +02:00
Christopher Faulet
18f9c71041 CLEANUP: applet: Simplify a bit comments for applet_put* functions
Instead of repeating which buffer is used depending on the API used by the
applet, a reference to applet_get_outbuf() was added.
2025-06-10 08:16:10 +02:00
Christopher Faulet
79445766a3 MINOR: applet: Add API functions to get data from the input buffer
There was already functions to pushed data from the applet to the stream by
inserting them in the right buffer, depending the applet was using or not
the legacy API. Here, functions to retreive data pushed to the applet by the
stream were added:

  * applet_getchar   : Gets one character

  * applet_getblk    : Copies a full block of data

  * applet_getword   : Copies one text block representing a word using a
                       custom separator as delimiter

  * applet_getline   : Copies one text line

  * applet_getblk_nc : Get one or two blocks of data

  * applet_getword_nc: Gets one or two blocks of text representing a word
                       using a custom separator as delimiter

  * applet_getline_nc: Gets one or two blocks of text representing a line
2025-06-10 08:16:10 +02:00
Christopher Faulet
0d8ecb1edc MINOR: applet: Add API functions to manipulate input and output buffers
In this patch, some functions were added to ease input and output buffers
manipulation, regardless the corresponding applet is using its own buffers
or it is relying on channels buffers. Following functions were added:

  * applet_get_inbuf  : Get the buffer containing data pushed to the applet
                        by the stream

  * applet_get_outbuf : Get the buffer containing data pushed by the applet
                        to the stream

  * applet_input_data : Return the amount of data in the input buffer

  * applet_skip_input : Skips <len> bytes from the input buffer

  * applet_reset_input: Skips all bytes from the input buffer

  * applet_output_room: Returns the amout of space available at the output
                        buffer

  * applet_need_room  : Indicates that the applet have more data to deliver
                        and it needs more room in the output buffer to do
			so
2025-06-10 08:16:10 +02:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
16eb0fab31 MAJOR: counters: dispatch counters over thread groups
Most fe and be counters are good candidates for being shared between
processes. They are now grouped inside "shared" struct sub member under
be_counters and fe_counters.

Now they are properly identified, they would greatly benefit from being
shared over thread groups to reduce the cost of atomic operations when
updating them. For this, we take the current tgid into account so each
thread group only updates its own counters. For this to work, it is
mandatory that the "shared" member from {fe,be}_counters is initialized
AFTER global.nbtgroups is known, because each shared counter causes the stat
to be allocated lobal.nbtgroups times. When updating a counter without
concurrency, the first counter from the array may be updated.

To consult the shared counters (which requires aggregation of per-tgid
individual counters), some helper functions were added to counter.h to
ease code maintenance and avoid computing errors.
2025-06-05 09:59:38 +02:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
12c3ffbb48 MINOR: counters: add local-only internal rates to compute some maxes
cps_max (max new connections received per second), sps_max (max new
sessions per second) and http.rps_max (maximum new http requests per
second) all rely on shared counters (namely conn_per_sec, sess_per_sec and
http.req_per_sec). The problem is that shared counters are about to be
distributed over thread groups, and we cannot afford to compute the
total (for all thread groups) each time we update the max counters.

Instead, since such max counters (relying on shared counters) are a very
few exceptions, let's add internal (sess,conn,req) per sec freq counters
that are dedicated to cps_max, sps_max and http.rps_max computing.

Thanks to that, related *_max counters shouldn't be negatively impacted
by the thread-group distribution, yet they will not benefit from it
either. Related internal freq counters are prefixed with "_" to emphasize
the fact that they should not be used for other purpose (the shared ones,
which are about to be distributed over thread groups in upcoming commits
are still available and must be used instead). The internal ones could
eventually be removed at any time if we find another way to compute the
{cps,sps,http.rps)_max counters.
2025-06-05 09:59:31 +02:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
b72a8bb138 CLEANUP: counters: merge some common counters between {fe,be}_counters_shared
Now that we have a common struct between fe and be shared counters struct
let's perform some cleanup to merge duplicate members into the common
struct part. This will ease code maintenance.
2025-06-05 09:59:24 +02:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
b599138842 MEDIUM: counters: manage shared counters using dedicated helpers
proxies, listeners and server shared counters are now managed via helpers
added in one of the previous commits.

When guid is not set (ie: when not yet assigned), shared counters pointer
is allocated using calloc() (local memory) and a flag is set on the shared
counters struct to know how to manipulate (and free it). Else if guid is
set, then it means that the counters may be shared so while for now we
don't actually use a shared memory location the API is ready for that.

The way it works, for proxies and servers (for which guid is not known
during creation), we first call counters_{fe,be}_shared_get with guid not
set, which results in local pointer being retrieved (as if we just
manually called calloc() to retrieve a pointer). Later (during postparsing)
if guid is set we try to upgrade the pointer from local to shared.

Lastly, since the memory location for some objects (proxies and servers
counters) may change from creation to postparsing, let's update
counters->last_change member directly under counters_{fe,be}_shared_get()
so we don't miss it.

No change of behavior is expected, this is only preparation work.
2025-06-05 09:59:17 +02:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
c10ce1c85b MINOR: counters: add common struct and flags to {fe,be}_counters_shared
fe_counters_shared and be_counters_shared may share some common members
since they are quite similar, so we add a common struct part shared
between the two. struct counters_shared is added for convenience as
a generic pointer to manipulate common members from fe or be shared
counters pointer.

Also, the first common member is added: shared fe and be counters now
have a flags member.
2025-06-05 09:59:10 +02:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
aa53887398 MINOR: counters: add shared counters helpers to get and drop shared pointers
create include/haproxy/counters.h and src/counters.c files to anticipate
for further helpers as some counters specific tasks needs to be carried
out and since counters are shared between multiple object types (ie:
listener, proxy, server..) we need generic helpers.

Add some shared counters helper which are not yet used but will be updated
in upcoming commits.
2025-06-05 09:59:04 +02:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
a0dcab5c45 MAJOR: counters: add shared counters base infrastructure
Shareable counters are not tagged as shared counters and are dynamically
allocated in separate memory area as a prerequisite for being stored
in shared memory area. For now, GUID and threads groups are not taken into
account, this is only a first step.

also we ensure all counters are now manipulated using atomic operations,
namely, "last_change" counter is now read from and written to using atomic
ops.

Despite the numerous changes caused by the counters being moved away from
counters struct, no change of behavior should be expected.
2025-06-05 09:58:58 +02:00
Christopher Faulet
8ee650a88b CLEANUP: applet: Update comment for applet_put* functions
These functions were copied from the channel API and modified to work with
applets using the new API or the legacy one. However, the comments were
updated accordingly. It is the purpose of this patch.
2025-06-03 15:03:30 +02:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
368d01361a MEDIUM: server: add and use srv_init() function
rename _srv_postparse() internal function to srv_init() function and group
srv_init_per_thr() plus idle conns list init inside it. This way we can
perform some simplifications as srv_init() performs multiple server
init steps after parsing.

SRV_F_CHECKED flag was added, it is automatically set when srv_init()
runs successfully. If the flag is already set and srv_init() is called
again, nothing is done. This permis to manually call srv_init() earlier
than the default POST_CHECK hook when needed without risking to do things
twice.
2025-06-02 17:51:33 +02:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
889ef6f67b MEDIUM: server: automatically add server to proxy list in new_server()
while new_server() takes the parent proxy as argument and even assigns
srv->proxy to the parent proxy, it didn't actually inserted the server
to the parent proxy server list on success.

The result is that sometimes we add the server to the list after
new_server() is called, and sometimes we don't.

This is really error-prone and because of that hooks such as
REGISTER_POST_SERVER_CHECK() which as run for all servers listed in
all proxies may not be relied upon for servers which are not actually
inserted in their parent proxy server list. Plus it feels very strange
to have a server that points to a proxy, but then the proxy doesn't know
about it because it cannot find it in its server list.

To prevent errors and make proxy->srv list reliable, we move the insertion
logic directly under new_server(). This requires to know if we are called
during parsing or during runtime to either insert or append the server to
the parent proxy list. For that we use PR_FL_CHECKED flag from the parent
proxy (if the flag is set, then the proxy was checked so we are past the
init phase, thus we assume we are called during runtime)

This implies that during startup if new_server() has to be cancelled on
error paths we need to call srv_detach() (which is now exposed in server.h)
before srv_drop().

The consequence of this commit is that REGISTER_POST_SERVER_CHECK() should
not run reliably on all servers created using new_server() (without having
to manually loop on global servers_list)
2025-06-02 17:51:30 +02:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
943958c3ff MINOR: proxy: add a true list containing all proxies
We have global proxies_list pointer which is announced as the list of
"all existing proxies", but in fact it only represents regular proxies
declared on the config file through "listen, frontend or backend" keywords

It is ambiguous, and we currently don't have a straightforwrd method to
iterate over all proxies (either public or internal ones) within haproxy

Instead we still have to manually iterate over multiple lists (main
proxies, log-forward proxies, peer proxies..) which is error-prone.

In this patch we add a struct list member (8 bytes) inside struct proxy
in order to store every proxy (except default ones) within a global
"proxies" list which is actually representative for all proxies existing
under haproxy process, like we already have for servers.
2025-06-02 17:51:21 +02:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
d04843167c MINOR: stats: add stat_col flags
Add stat_col flags member to store .generic bit and prepare for upcoming
flags. No functional change expected.
2025-06-02 17:51:08 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
9f4cd435d3 [RELEASE] Released version 3.3-dev0
Released version 3.3-dev0 with the following main changes :
    - MINOR: version: mention that it's development again
2025-05-28 16:46:34 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
8809251ee0 MINOR: version: mention that it's development again
This essentially reverts a6458fd426.
2025-05-28 16:46:15 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
a6458fd426 MINOR: version: mention that it's 3.2 LTS now.
The version will be maintained up to around Q2 2030. Let's
also update the INSTALL file to mention this.
2025-05-28 16:31:27 +02:00
Christopher Faulet
99e755d673 MINOR: listeners: Add support for a label on bind line
It is now possile to set a label on a bind line. All sockets attached to
this bind line inherits from this label. The idea is to be able to groud of
sockets. For now, there is no mechanism to create these groups, this must be
done by hand.
2025-05-26 19:00:00 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
3494775a1f MINOR: ssl: support strict-sni in ssl-default-bind-options
Several users already reported that it would be nice to support
strict-sni in ssl-default-bind-options. However, in order to support
it, we also need an option to disable it.

This patch moves the setting of the option from the strict_sni field
to a flag in the ssl_options field so that it can be inherited from
the default bind options, and adds a new "no-strict-sni" directive to
allow to disable it on a specific "bind" line.

The test file "del_ssl_crt-list.vtc" which already tests both options
was updated to make use of the default option and the no- variant to
confirm everything continues to work.
2025-05-22 15:31:54 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
a1577a89a0 MINOR: glitches: add global setting "tune.glitches.kill.cpu-usage"
It was mentioned during the development of glitches that it would be
nice to support not killing misbehaving connections below a certain
CPU usage so that poor implementations that routinely misbehave without
impact are not killed. This is now possible by setting a CPU usage
threshold under which we don't kill them via this parameter. It defaults
to zero so that we continue to kill them by default.
2025-05-21 15:47:42 +02:00
Amaury Denoyelle
00d90e8839 MINOR: quic: adjust quic_conn-t.h include list
Adjust include list in quic_conn-t.h. This file is included in many QUIC
source, so it is useful to keep as lightweight as possible. Note that
connection/QUIC MUX are transformed into forward declaration for better
layer separation.
2025-05-21 14:44:27 +02:00
Amaury Denoyelle
01e3b2119a MINOR: quic: add some missing includes
Insert some missing includes statement in QUIC source files. This was
detected after the next commit which adjust the include list used in
quic_conn-t.h file.
2025-05-21 14:44:27 +02:00
Amaury Denoyelle
f286288471 MINOR: quic: refactor handling of streams after MUX release
quic-conn layer has to handle itself STREAM frames after MUX release. If
the stream was already seen, it is probably only a retransmitted frame
which can be safely ignored. For other streams, an active closure may be
needed.

Thus it's necessary that quic-conn layer knows the highest stream ID
already handled by the MUX after its release. Previously, this was done
via <nb_streams> member array in quic-conn structure.

Refactor this by replacing <nb_streams> by two members called
<stream_max_uni>/<stream_max_bidi>. Indeed, it is unnecessary for
quic-conn layer to monitor locally opened uni streams, as the peer
cannot by definition emit a STREAM frame on it. Also, bidirectional
streams are always opened by the remote side.

Previously, <nb_streams> were set by quic-stream layer. Now,
<stream_max_uni>/<stream_max_bidi> members are only set one time, just
prior to QUIC MUX release. This is sufficient as quic-conn do not use
them if the MUX is available.

Note that previously, IDs were used relatively to their type, thus
incremented by 1, after shifting the original value. For simplification,
use the plain stream ID, which is incremented by 4.
2025-05-21 14:26:45 +02:00
Amaury Denoyelle
07d41a043c MINOR: quic: move function to check stream type in utils
Move general function to check if a stream is uni or bidirectional from
QUIC MUX to quic_utils module. This should prevent unnecessary include
of QUIC MUX header file in other sources.
2025-05-21 14:17:41 +02:00
Amaury Denoyelle
cf45bf1ad8 CLEANUP: quic: remove unused cbuf module
Cbuf are not used anymore. Remove the related source and header files,
as well as include statements in the rest of QUIC source files.
2025-05-21 14:16:37 +02:00
Frederic Lecaille
b3ac1a636c MINOR: quic: implement all remaining callbacks for OpenSSL 3.5 QUIC API
The quic_conn struct is modified for two reasons. The first one is to store
the encoded version of the local tranport parameter as this is done for
USE_QUIC_OPENSSL_COMPAT. Indeed, the local transport parameter "should remain
valid until after the parameters have been sent" as mentionned by
SSL_set_quic_tls_cbs(3) manual. In our case, the buffer is a static buffer
attached to the quic_conn object. qc_ssl_set_quic_transport_params() function
whose role is to call SSL_set_tls_quic_transport_params() (aliased by
SSL_set_quic_transport_params() to set these local tranport parameter into
the TLS stack from the buffer attached to the quic_conn struct.

The second quic_conn struct modification is the addition of the  new ->prot_level
(SSL protection level) member added to the quic_conn struct to store "the most
recent write encryption level set via the OSSL_FUNC_SSL_QUIC_TLS_yield_secret_fn
callback (if it has been called)" as mentionned by SSL_set_quic_tls_cbs(3) manual.

This patches finally implements the five remaining callacks to make the haproxy
QUIC implementation work.

OSSL_FUNC_SSL_QUIC_TLS_crypto_send_fn() (ha_quic_ossl_crypto_send) is easy to
implement. It calls ha_quic_add_handshake_data() after having converted
qc->prot_level TLS protection level value to the correct ssl_encryption_level_t
(boringSSL API/quictls) value.

OSSL_FUNC_SSL_QUIC_TLS_crypto_recv_rcd_fn() (ha_quic_ossl_crypto_recv_rcd())
provide the non-contiguous addresses to the TLS stack, without releasing
them.

OSSL_FUNC_SSL_QUIC_TLS_crypto_release_rcd_fn() (ha_quic_ossl_crypto_release_rcd())
release these non-contiguous buffer relying on the fact that the list of
encryption level (qc->qel_list) is correctly ordered by SSL protection level
secret establishements order (by the TLS stack).

OSSL_FUNC_SSL_QUIC_TLS_yield_secret_fn() (ha_quic_ossl_got_transport_params())
is a simple wrapping function over ha_quic_set_encryption_secrets() which is used
by boringSSL/quictls API.

OSSL_FUNC_SSL_QUIC_TLS_got_transport_params_fn() (ha_quic_ossl_got_transport_params())
role is to store the peer received transport parameters. It simply calls
quic_transport_params_store() and set them into the TLS stack calling
qc_ssl_set_quic_transport_params().

Also add some comments for all the OpenSSL 3.5 QUIC API callbacks.

This patch have no impact on the other use of QUIC API provided by the others TLS
stacks.
2025-05-20 15:00:06 +02:00
Frederic Lecaille
dc6a3c329a MINOR: quic: Allow the use of the new OpenSSL 3.5.0 QUIC TLS API (to be completed)
This patch allows the use of the new OpenSSL 3.5.0 QUIC TLS API when it is
available and detected at compilation time. The detection relies on the presence of the
OSSL_FUNC_SSL_QUIC_TLS_CRYPTO_SEND macro from openssl-compat.h. Indeed this
macro is defined by OpenSSL since 3.5.0 version. It is not defined by quictls.
This helps in distinguishing these two TLS stacks. When the detection succeeds,
HAVE_OPENSSL_QUIC is also defined by openssl-compat.h. Then, this is this new macro
which is used to detect the availability of the new OpenSSL 3.5.0 QUIC TLS API.

Note that this detection is done only if USE_QUIC_OPENSSL_COMPAT is not asked.
So, USE_QUIC_OPENSSL_COMPAT and HAVE_OPENSSL_QUIC are exclusive.

At the same location, from openssl-compat.h, ssl_encryption_level_t enum is
defined. This enum was defined by quictls and expansively used by the haproxy
QUIC implementation. SSL_set_quic_transport_params() is replaced by
SSL_set_quic_tls_transport_params. SSL_set_quic_early_data_enabled() (quictls) is also replaced
by SSL_set_quic_tls_early_data_enabled() (OpenSSL). SSL_quic_read_level() (quictls)
is not defined by OpenSSL. It is only used by the traces to log the current
TLS stack decryption level (read). A macro makes it return -1 which is an
usused values.

The most of the differences between quictls and OpenSSL QUI APIs are in quic_ssl.c
where some callbacks must be defined for these two APIs. This is why this
patch modifies quic_ssl.c to define an array of OSSL_DISPATCH structs: <ha_quic_dispatch>.
Each element of this arry defines a callback. So, this patch implements these
six callabcks:

  - ha_quic_ossl_crypto_send()
  - ha_quic_ossl_crypto_recv_rcd()
  - ha_quic_ossl_crypto_release_rcd()
  - ha_quic_ossl_yield_secret()
  - ha_quic_ossl_got_transport_params() and
  - ha_quic_ossl_alert().

But at this time, these implementations which must return an int return 0 interpreted
as a failure by the OpenSSL QUIC API, except for ha_quic_ossl_alert() which
is implemented the same was as for quictls. The five remaining functions above
will be implemented by the next patches to come.

ha_quic_set_encryption_secrets() and ha_quic_add_handshake_data() have been moved
to be defined for both quictls and OpenSSL QUIC API.

These callbacks are attached to the SSL objects (sessions) calling qc_ssl_set_cbs()
new function. This latter callback the correct function to attached the correct
callbacks to the SSL objects (defined by <ha_quic_method> for quictls, and
<ha_quic_dispatch> for OpenSSL).

The calls to SSL_provide_quic_data() and SSL_process_quic_post_handshake()
have been also disabled. These functions are not defined by OpenSSL QUIC API.
At this time, the functions which call them are still defined when HAVE_OPENSSL_QUIC
is defined.
2025-05-20 15:00:06 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
411b04c7d3 IMPORT: slz: use a better hash for machines with a fast multiply
The current hash involves 3 simple shifts and additions so that it can
be mapped to a multiply on architecures having a fast multiply. This is
indeed what the compiler does on x86_64. A large range of values was
scanned to try to find more optimal factors on machines supporting such
a fast multiply, and it turned out that new factor 0x1af42f resulted in
smoother hashes that provided on average 0.4% better compression on both
the Silesia corpus and an mbox file composed of very compressible emails
and uncompressible attachments. It's even slightly better than CRC32C
while being faster on Skylake. This patch enables this factor on archs
with a fast multiply.

This is slz upstream commit 82ad1e75c13245a835c1c09764c89f2f6e8e2a40.
2025-05-16 16:43:53 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
0a91c6dcae BUILD: debug: mark ha_crash_now() as attribute(noreturn)
Building on MIPS64 with clang16 incorrectly reports some uninitialized
value warnings in stats-proxy.c due to some calls to ABORT_NOW() where
the compiler didn't know the code wouldn't return. Let's properly mark
the function as noreturn, and take this opportunity for also marking it
unused to avoid possible warnings depending on the build options (if
ABORT_NOW is not used). No backport needed though it will not harm.
2025-05-16 16:43:53 +02:00
Christopher Faulet
f45a632bad BUG/MEDIUM: stconn: Disable 0-copy forwarding for filters altering the payload
It is especially a problem with Lua filters, but it is important to disable
the 0-copy forwarding if a filter alters the payload, or at least to be able
to disable it. While the filter is registered on the data filtering, it is
not an issue (and it is the common case) because, there is now way to
fast-forward data at all. But it may be an issue if a filter decides to
alter the payload and to unregister from data filtering. In that case, the
0-copy forwarding can be re-enabled in a hardly precdictable state.

To fix the issue, a SC flags was added to do so. The HTTP compression filter
set it and lua filters too if the body length is changed (via
HTTPMessage.set_body_len()).

Note that it is an issue because of a bad design about the HTX. Many info
about the message are stored in the HTX structure itself. It must be
refactored to move several info to the stream-endpoint descriptor. This
should ease modifications at the stream level, from filter or a TCP/HTTP
rules.

This should be backported as far as 3.0. If necessary, it may be backported
on lower versions, as far as 2.6. In that case, it must be reviewed and
adapted.
2025-05-16 15:11:37 +02:00
Christopher Faulet
a3940614c2 BUG/MEDIUM: mux-spop: Remove frame parsing states from the SPOP connection state
SPOP_CS_FRAME_H and SPOP_CS_FRAME_P states, that were used to handle frame
parsing, were removed. The demux process now relies on the demux stream ID
to know if it is waiting for the frame header or the frame
payload. Concretly, when the demux stream ID is not set (dsi == -1), the
demuxer is waiting for the next frame header. Otherwise (dsi >= 0), it is
waiting for the frame payload. It is especially important to be able to
properly handle DISCONNECT frames sent by the agents.

SPOP_CS_RUNNING state is introduced to know the hello handshake was finished
and the SPOP connection is able to open SPOP streams and exchange NOTIFY/ACK
frames with the agents.

It depends on the following fixes:

  * MINOR: mux-spop: Don't set SPOP connection state to FRAME_H after ACK parsing
  * BUG/MINOR: mux-spop: Make the demux stream ID a signed integer

This change will be mandatory for the next fix. It must be backported to 3.1
with the commits above.
2025-05-13 19:51:40 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
e049bd00ab MEDIUM: config: change default limits to 1024 threads and 32 groups
A test run on a dual-socket EPYC 9845 (2x160 cores) showed that we'll
be facing new limits during the lifetime of 3.2 with our current 16
groups and 256 threads max:

  $ cat test.cfg
  global
      cpu-policy perforamnce

  $ ./haproxy -dc -c -f test.cfg
  ...
  Thread CPU Bindings:
    Tgrp/Thr  Tid        CPU set
    1/1-32    1-32       32: 0-15,320-335
    2/1-32    33-64      32: 16-31,336-351
    3/1-32    65-96      32: 32-47,352-367
    4/1-32    97-128     32: 48-63,368-383
    5/1-32    129-160    32: 64-79,384-399
    6/1-32    161-192    32: 80-95,400-415
    7/1-32    193-224    32: 96-111,416-431
    8/1-32    225-256    32: 112-127,432-447

Raising the default limit to 1024 threads and 32 groups is sufficient
to buy us enough margin for a long time (hopefully, please don't laugh,
you, reader from the future):

  $ ./haproxy -dc -c -f test.cfg
  ...
  Thread CPU Bindings:
    Tgrp/Thr  Tid        CPU set
    1/1-32    1-32       32: 0-15,320-335
    2/1-32    33-64      32: 16-31,336-351
    3/1-32    65-96      32: 32-47,352-367
    4/1-32    97-128     32: 48-63,368-383
    5/1-32    129-160    32: 64-79,384-399
    6/1-32    161-192    32: 80-95,400-415
    7/1-32    193-224    32: 96-111,416-431
    8/1-32    225-256    32: 112-127,432-447
    9/1-32    257-288    32: 128-143,448-463
    10/1-32   289-320    32: 144-159,464-479
    11/1-32   321-352    32: 160-175,480-495
    12/1-32   353-384    32: 176-191,496-511
    13/1-32   385-416    32: 192-207,512-527
    14/1-32   417-448    32: 208-223,528-543
    15/1-32   449-480    32: 224-239,544-559
    16/1-32   481-512    32: 240-255,560-575
    17/1-32   513-544    32: 256-271,576-591
    18/1-32   545-576    32: 272-287,592-607
    19/1-32   577-608    32: 288-303,608-623
    20/1-32   609-640    32: 304-319,624-639

We can change this default now because it has no functional effect
without any configured cpu-policy, so this will only be an opt-in
and it's better to do it now than to have an effect during the
maintenance phase. A tiny effect is a doubling of the number of
pool buckets and stick-table shards internally, which means that
aside slightly reducing contention in these areas, a dump of tables
can enumerate keys in a different order (hence the adjustment in the
vtc).

The only really visible effect is a slightly higher static memory
consumption (29->35 MB on a small config), but that difference
remains even with 50k servers so that's pretty much acceptable.

Thanks to Erwan Velu for the quick tests and the insights!
2025-05-13 18:15:33 +02:00
Amaury Denoyelle
f3b9676416 MINOR: quic: display stream age
Add a field to save the creation date of qc_stream_desc instance. This
is useful to display QUIC stream age in "show quic stream" output.
2025-05-13 15:44:22 +02:00
Amaury Denoyelle
1ccede211c MINOR: mux-quic: account Rx data per stream
Add counters to measure Rx buffers usage per QCS. This reused the newly
defined bdata_ctr type already used for Tx accounting.

Note that for now, <tot> value of bdata_ctr is not used. This is because
it is not easy to account for data accross contiguous buffers.

These values are displayed both on log/traces and "show quic" output.
2025-05-13 15:41:51 +02:00
Amaury Denoyelle
a1dc9070e7 MINOR: quic: account Tx data per stream
Add accounting at qc_stream_desc level to be able to report the number
of allocated Tx buffers and the sum of their data. This represents data
ready for emission or already emitted and waiting on ACK.

To simplify this accounting, a new counter type bdata_ctr is defined in
quic_utils.h. This regroups both buffers and data counter, plus a
maximum on the buffer value.

These values are now displayed on QCS info used both on logline and
traces, and also on "show quic" output.
2025-05-13 15:41:41 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
ebab479cdf MINOR: http: add a function to validate characters of :authority
As discussed here:
  https://github.com/httpwg/http2-spec/pull/936
  https://github.com/haproxy/haproxy/issues/2941

It's important to take care of some special characters in the :authority
pseudo header before reassembling a complete URI, because after assembly
it's too late (e.g. the '/').

This patch adds a specific function which was checks all such characters
and their ranges on an ist, and benefits from modern compilers
optimizations that arrange the comparisons into an evaluation tree for
faster match. That's the version that gave the most consistent performance
across various compilers, though some hand-crafted versions using bitmaps
stored in register could be slightly faster but super sensitive to code
ordering, suggesting that the results might vary with future compilers.
This one takes on average 1.2ns per character at 3 GHz (3.6 cycles per
char on avg). The resulting impact on H2 request processing time (small
requests) was measured around 0.3%, from 6.60 to 6.618us per request,
which is a bit high but remains acceptable given that the test only
focused on req rate.

The code was made usable both for H2 and H3.
2025-05-12 18:02:47 +02:00
William Lallemand
96b1f1fd26 MINOR: tools: ha_freearray() frees an array of string
ha_freearray() is a new function which free() an array of strings
terminated by a NULL entry.

The pointer to the array will be free and set to NULL.
2025-05-09 19:12:05 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
8a96216847 MEDIUM: sock-inet: re-check IPv6 connectivity every 30s
IPv6 connectivity might start off (e.g. network not fully up when
haproxy starts), so for features like resolvers, it would be nice to
periodically recheck.

With this change, instead of having the resolvers code rely on a variable
indicating connectivity, it will now call a function that will check for
how long a connectivity check hasn't been run, and will perform a new one
if needed. The age was set to 30s which seems reasonable considering that
the DNS will cache results anyway. There's no saving in spacing it more
since the syscall is very check (just a connect() without any packet being
emitted).

The variables remain exported so that we could present them in show info
or anywhere else.

This way, "dns-accept-family auto" will now stay up to date. Warning
though, it does perform some caching so even with a refreshed IPv6
connectivity, an older record may be returned anyway.
2025-05-09 15:45:44 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
1404f6fb7b DEBUG: pools: add a new integrity mode "backup" to copy the released area
This way we can preserve the entire contents of the released area for
later inspection. This automatically enables comparison at reallocation
time as well (like "integrity" does). If used in combination with
integrity, the comparison is disabled but the check of non-corruption
of the area mangled by integrity is still operated.
2025-05-09 14:57:00 +02:00
William Lallemand
e7574cd5f0 MINOR: acme: add the global option 'acme.scheduler'
The automatic scheduler is useful but sometimes you don't want to use,
or schedule manually.

This patch adds an 'acme.scheduler' option in the global section, which
can be set to either 'auto' or 'off'. (auto is the default value)

This also change the ouput of the 'acme status' command so it does not
shows scheduled values. The state will be 'Stopped' instead of
'Scheduled'.
2025-05-09 14:00:39 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
0ae14beb2a DEBUG: pool: permit per-pool UAF configuration
The new MEM_F_UAF flag can be set just after a pool's creation to make
this pool UAF for debugging purposes. This allows to maintain a better
overall performance required to reproduce issues while still having a
chance to catch UAF. It will only be used by developers who will manually
add it to areas worth being inspected, though.
2025-05-09 13:59:02 +02:00
Amaury Denoyelle
294bf26c06 MINOR: quic: extend return value during TP parsing
Extend API used for QUIC transport parameter decoding. This is done via
the introduction of a dedicated enum to report the various error
condition detected. No functional change should occur with this patch,
as the only returned code is QUIC_TP_DEC_ERR_TRUNC, which results in the
connection closure via a TLS alert.

This patch will be necessary to properly reject transport parameters
with the proper CONNECTION_CLOSE error code. As such, it should be
backported up to 2.6 with the following series.
2025-05-07 15:19:52 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
feaac66b5e DEBUG: threads: merge successive idempotent lock operations in history
In order to make the lock history a bit more useful, let's try to merge
adjacent lock/unlock sequences that don't change anything for other
threads. For this we can replace the last unlock with the new operation
on the same label, and even just not store it if it was the same as the
one before the unlock, since in the end it's the same as if the unlock
had not been done.

Now loops that used to be filled with "R:LISTENER U:LISTENER" show more
useful info such as:

  S:IDLE_CONNS U:IDLE_CONNS S:PEER U:PEER S:IDLE_CONNS U:IDLE_CONNS R:LISTENER U:LISTENER
  U:STK_TABLE W:STK_SESS U:STK_SESS R:STK_TABLE U:STK_TABLE W:STK_SESS U:STK_SESS R:STK_TABLE
  R:STK_TABLE U:STK_TABLE W:STK_SESS U:STK_SESS W:STK_TABLE_UPDT U:STK_TABLE_UPDT S:PEER

It's worth noting that it can sometimes induce confusion when recursive
locks of the same label are used (a few exist on peers or stick-tables),
as in such a case the two operations would be needed. However these ones
are already undebuggable, so instead they will just have to be renamed
to make sure they use a distinct label.
2025-05-05 18:36:12 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
743dce95d2 DEBUG: threads: don't keep lock label "OTHER" in the per-thread history
Most threads are filled with "R:OTHER U:OTHER" in their history. Since
anything non-important can use other it's not observable but it pollutes
the history. Let's just drop OTHER entirely during the recording.
2025-05-05 18:10:57 +02:00
William Lallemand
878a3507df BUILD: acme: need HAVE_ASN1_TIME_TO_TM
Restrict the build of the ACME feature to libraries which provide
ASN1_TIME_to_tm() function.
2025-05-02 16:01:32 +02:00
William Lallemand
626de9538e MINOR: ssl: add function to extract X509 notBefore date in time_t
Add x509_get_notbefore_time_t() which returns the notBefore date in
time_t format.
2025-05-02 16:01:32 +02:00
Olivier Houchard
388539faa3 MEDIUM: stick-tables: defer adding updates to a tasklet
There is a lot of contention trying to add updates to the tree. So
instead of trying to add the updates to the tree right away, just add
them to a mt-list (with one mt-list per thread group, so that the
mt-list does not become the new point of contention that much), and
create a tasklet dedicated to adding updates to the tree, in batchs, to
avoid keeping the update lock for too long.
This helps getting stick tables perform better under heavy load.
2025-05-02 15:27:55 +02:00
Olivier Houchard
faa18c1ad8 BUG/MEDIUM: quic: Let it be known if the tasklet has been released.
quic_conn_release() may, or may not, free the tasklet associated with
the connection. So make it return 1 if it was, and 0 otherwise, so that
if it was called from the tasklet handler itself, the said handler can
act accordingly and return NULL if the tasklet was destroyed.
This should be backported if 9240cd4a27
is backported.
2025-05-02 11:09:28 +02:00
William Lallemand
18d2371e0d MINOR: acme: change the default max retries to 5
Change the default max retries constant to 5 instead of 3.
Some servers can be be a bit long to execute the challenge.
2025-05-02 09:40:12 +02:00
Olivier Houchard
b138eab302 BUG/MEDIUM: connections: Report connection closing in conn_create_mux()
Add an extra parametre to conn_create_mux(), "closed_connection".
If a pointer is provided, then let it know if the connection was closed.
Callers have no way to determine that otherwise, and we need to know
that, at least in ssl_sock_io_cb(), as if the connection was closed we
need to return NULL, as the tasklet was free'd, otherwise that can lead
to memory corruption and crashes.
This should be backported if 9240cd4a27
is backported too.
2025-04-30 17:17:36 +02:00
Olivier Houchard
4abfade371 MINOR: tasks: Remove unused tasklet_remove_from_tasklet_list
Remove tasklet_remove_from_tasklet_list, as the function hasn't been
used for a long time, and there is little reason to keep it.
2025-04-30 17:09:06 +02:00
Olivier Houchard
2bab043c8c MEDIUM: tasks: Remove TASK_IN_LIST and use TASK_QUEUED instead.
TASK_QUEUED was used to mean "the task has been scheduled to run",
TASK_IN_LIST was used to mean "the tasklet has been scheduled to run",
remove TASK_IN_LIST and just use TASK_QUEUED for tasklets instead.

This commit is just cosmetic, and should not have any impact.
2025-04-30 17:08:57 +02:00
William Lallemand
563ca94ab8 MINOR: ssl/cli: "acme ps" shows the acme tasks
Implement a way to display the running acme tasks over the CLI.

It currently only displays a "Running" status with the certificate name
and the acme section from the configuration.

The displayed running tasks are limited to the size of a buffer for now,
it will require a backref list later to be called multiple times to
resume the list.
2025-04-30 17:12:50 +02:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
97363015a5 MINOR: add hlua_yield_asap() helper
When called, this function will try to enforce a yield (if available) as
soon as possible. Indeed, automatic yield is already enforced every X
Lua instructions. However, there may be some cases where we know after
running heavy operation that we should yield already to avoid taking too
much CPU at once.

This is what this function offers, instead of asking the user to manually
yield using "core.yield()" from Lua itself after using an expensive
Lua method offered by haproxy, we can directly enforce the yield without
the need to do it in the Lua script.
2025-04-30 17:00:27 +02:00
Amaury Denoyelle
df50d3e39f MINOR: mux-quic: limit emitted MSD frames count per qcs
The previous commit has implemented a new calcul method for
MAX_STREAM_DATA frame emission. Now, a frame may be emitted as soon as a
buffer was consumed by a QCS instance.

This will probably increase the number of MAX_STREAM_DATA frame
emission. It may even cause a series of frame emitted for the same
stream with increasing values under high load, which is completely
unnecessary.

To improve this, limit the number of MAX_STREAM_DATA frames built to one
per QCS instance. This is implemented by storing a reference to this
frame in QCS structure via a new member <tx.msd_frm>.

Note that to properly reset QCS msd_frm member, emission of flow-control
frames have been changed. Now, each frame is emitted individually. On
one side, it is better as it prevent to emit frames related to different
streams in a single datagram, which is not desirable in case of packet
loss. However, this can also increase sendto() syscall invocation.
2025-04-30 16:08:47 +02:00
Amaury Denoyelle
14a3fb679f MEDIUM: mux-quic: increase flow-control on each bufsize
Recently, QCS Rx allocation buffer method has been improved. It is now
possible to allocate multiple buffers per QCS instances, which was
necessary to improve HTTP/3 POST throughput.

However, a limitation remained related to the emission of
MAX_STREAM_DATA. These frames are only emitted once at least half of the
receive capacity has been consumed by its QCS instance. This may be too
restrictive when a client need to upload a large payload.

Improve this by adjusting MAX_STREAM_DATA allocation. If QCS capacity is
still limited to 1 or 2 buffers max, the old calcul is still used. This
is necessary when user has limited upload throughput via their
configuration. If QCS capacity is more than 2 buffers, a new frame is
emitted if at least a buffer was consumed.

This patch has reduced number of STREAM_DATA_BLOCKED frames received in
POST tests with some specific clients.
2025-04-30 16:08:47 +02:00
Remi Tricot-Le Breton
047fb37b19 MINOR: Add 'conn' param to ssl_sock_chose_sni_ctx
This is only useful in the traces, the conn parameter won't be used
otherwise.
2025-04-30 11:11:26 +02:00
Remi Tricot-Le Breton
6519cec2ed MINOR: ssl: Add traces about sigalg extension parsing in clientHello callback
We had to parse the sigAlg extension by hand in order to properly select
the certificate used by the SSL frontends. These traces allow to dump
the allowed sigAlg list sent by the client in its clientHello.
2025-04-30 11:11:26 +02:00
Remi Tricot-Le Breton
105c1ca139 MINOR: ssl: Add traces to the switchctx callback
This callback allows to pick the used certificate on an SSL frontend.
The certificate selection is made according to the information sent by
the client in the clientHello. The traces that were added will allow to
better understand what certificate was chosen and why. It will also warn
us if the chosen certificate was the default one.
The actual certificate parsing happens in ssl_sock_chose_sni_ctx. It's
in this function that we actually get the filename of the certificate
used.
2025-04-30 11:11:26 +02:00
Remi Tricot-Le Breton
dbdd0630e1 MINOR: ssl: Add ocsp stapling callback traces
If OCSP stapling fails because of a missing or invalid OCSP response we
used to silently disable stapling for the given session. We can now know
a bit more what happened regarding OCSP stapling.
2025-04-30 11:11:26 +02:00
Remi Tricot-Le Breton
0fb05540b2 MINOR: ssl: Add traces to verify callback
Those traces allow to know which errors were met during certificate
chain validation as well as which ones were ignored.
2025-04-30 11:11:26 +02:00
Remi Tricot-Le Breton
4a8fa28e36 MINOR: ssl: Add traces around SSL_do_handshake call
Those traces dump information about the multiple SSL_do_handshake calls
(renegotiation and regular call). Some errors coud also be dumped in
case of rejected early data.
Depending on the chosen verbosity, some information about the current
handshake can be dumped as well (servername, tls version, chosen cipher
for instance).
In case of failed handshake, the error codes and messages will also be
dumped in the log to ease debugging.
2025-04-30 11:11:26 +02:00
Remi Tricot-Le Breton
9f146bdab3 MINOR: ssl: Add traces to ssl_sock_io_cb function
Add new SSL traces.
2025-04-30 11:11:26 +02:00
Remi Tricot-Le Breton
475bb8d843 MINOR: ssl: Add traces to recv/send functions
Those traces will allow to identify sessions on which early data is used
as well as some forcefully closed connections.
2025-04-30 11:11:26 +02:00
Remi Tricot-Le Breton
9bb8d6dcd1 MINOR: ssl: Add traces to ssl init/close functions
Add a dedicated trace for some unlikely allocation failures and async
errors. Those traces will ostly be used to identify the start and end of
a given SSL connection.
2025-04-30 11:11:26 +02:00
Remi Tricot-Le Breton
08e40f4589 MINOR: Add "sigalg" to "sigalg name" helper function
This function can be used to convert a TLSv1.3 sigAlg entry (2bytes)
from the signature_agorithms client hello extension into a string.

In order to ease debugging, some TLSv1.2 combinations can also be
dumped. In TLSv1.2 those signature algorithms pairs were built out of a
one byte signature identifier combined to a one byte hash identifier.
In TLSv1.3 those identifiers are two bytes blocs that must be treated as
such.
2025-04-30 11:11:26 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
566b384e4e MINOR: tools: make my_strndup() take a size_t len instead of and int
In relation to issue #2954, it appears that turning some size_t length
calculations to the int that uses my_strndup() upsets coverity a bit.
Instead of dealing with such warnings each time, better address it at
the root. An inspection of all call places show that the size passed
there is always positive so we can safely use an unsigned type, and
size_t will always suit it like for strndup() where it's available.
2025-04-30 05:17:43 +02:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
5288b39011 BUG/MINOR: dns: prevent ds accumulation within dss
when dns session callback (dns_session_release()) is called upon error
(ie: when some pending queries were not sent), we try our best to
re-create the applet in order to preserve the pending queries and give
them a chance to be retried. This is done at the end of
dns_session_release().

However, doing so exposes to an issue: if the error preventing queries
from being sent is still encountered over and over the dns session could
stay there indefinitely. Meanwhile, other dns sessions may be created on
the same dns_stream_server periodically. If previous failing dns sessions
don't terminate but we also keep creating new ones, we end up accumulating
failing sessions on a given dns_stream_server, which can eventually cause
ressource shortage.

This issue was found when trying to address ("BUG/MINOR: dns: add tempo
between 2 connection attempts for dns servers")

To fix it, we track the number of failed consecutive sessions for a given
dns server. When we reach the threshold (set to 100), we consider that the
link to the dns server is broken (at least temporarily) and we force
dns_session_new() to fail, so that we stop creating new sessions until one
of the existing one eventually succeeds.

A workaround for this fix consists in setting the "maxconn" parameter on
nameserver directive (under resolvers section) to a reasonnable value so
that no more than "maxconn" sessions may co-exist on the same server at
a given time.

This may be backported to all stable versions.
("CLEANUP: dns: remove unused dns_stream_server struct member") may be
backported to ease the backport.
2025-04-29 21:20:54 +02:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
14ebe95a10 CLEANUP: dns: remove unused dns_stream_server struct member
dns_stream_server "max_slots" is unused, let's get rid of it
2025-04-29 21:20:44 +02:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
1ced5ef2fd MINOR: applet: add appctx_schedule() macro
Just like task_schedule() but for applets to wakeup an applet at a
specific time, leverages _task_schedule() internally
2025-04-29 21:19:37 +02:00
William Lallemand
5555926fdd MEDIUM: acme: use a map to store tokens and thumbprints
The stateless mode which was documented previously in the ACME example
is not convenient for all use cases.

First, when HAProxy generates the account key itself, you wouldn't be
able to put the thumbprint in the configuration, so you will have to get
the thumbprint and then reload.
Second, in the case you are using multiple account key, there are
multiple thumbprint, and it's not easy to know which one you want to use
when responding to the challenger.

This patch allows to configure a map in the acme section, which will be
filled by the acme task with the token corresponding to the challenge,
as the key, and the thumbprint as the value. This way it's easy to reply
the right thumbprint.

Example:
    http-request return status 200 content-type text/plain lf-string "%[path,field(-1,/)].%[path,field(-1,/),map(virt@acme)]\n" if { path_beg '/.well-known/acme-challenge/' }
2025-04-29 16:15:55 +02:00
Amaury Denoyelle
0f9b3daf98 MEDIUM: quic: limit global Tx memory
Define a new settings tune.quic.frontend.max-tot-window. It contains a
size argument which can be used to set a limit on the sum of all QUIC
connections congestion window. This is applied both on
quic_cc_path_set() and quic_cc_path_inc().

Note that this limitation cannot reduce a congestion window more than
the minimal limit which is set to 2 datagrams.
2025-04-29 15:19:32 +02:00
Amaury Denoyelle
e841164a44 MINOR: quic: account for global congestion window
Use the newly defined cshared type to account for the sum of congestion
window of every QUIC connection. This value is stored in global counter
quic_mem_global defined in proto_quic module.
2025-04-29 15:19:32 +02:00
Amaury Denoyelle
3891456d20 MINOR: thread: define cshared type
Define a new type "struct cshared". This can be used as a tool to
manipulate a global counter with thread-safety ensured. Each thread
would declare its thread-local cshared type, which would point to a
global counter.

Each thread can then add/substract value to their owned thread-local
cshared instance via cshared_add(). If the difference exceed a
configured limit, either positively or negatively, the global counter is
updated and thread-local instance is reset to 0. Each thread can safely
read the global counter value using cshared_read().
2025-04-29 15:10:06 +02:00
Amaury Denoyelle
7bad88c35c BUG/MINOR: quic: ensure cwnd limits are always enforced
Congestion window is limit by a minimal and maximum values which can
never be exceeded. Min value is hardcoded to 2 datagrams as recommended
by the specification. Max value is specified via haproxy configuration.

These values must be respected each time the congestion window size is
adjusted. However, in some rare occasions, limit were not always
enforced. Fix this by implementing wrappers to set or increment the
congestion window. These functions ensure limits are always applied
after the operation.

Additionnally, wrappers also ensure that if window reached a new maximum
value, it is saved in <cwnd_last_max> field.

This should be backported up to 2.6, after a brief period of
observation.
2025-04-29 15:10:06 +02:00
Amaury Denoyelle
2eb1b0cd96 MINOR: quic: rename min/max fields for congestion window algo
There was some possible confusion between fields related to congestion
window size min and max limit which cannot be exceeded, and the maximum
value previously reached by the window.

Fix this by adopting a new naming scheme. Enforced limit are now renamed
<limit_max>/<limit_min>, while the previously reached max value is
renamed <cwnd_last_max>.

This should be backported up to 3.1.
2025-04-29 15:10:06 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
2cdb3cb91e MINOR: tcp: add support for setting TCP_NOTSENT_LOWAT on both sides
TCP_NOTSENT_LOWAT is very convenient as it indicates when to report
EAGAIN on the sending side. It takes a margin on top of the estimated
window, meaning that it's no longer needed to store too many data in
socket buffers. Instead there's just enough to fill the send window
and a little bit of margin to cover the scheduling time to restart
sending. Experiments on a 100ms network have shown a 10-fold reduction
in the memory used by socket buffers by just setting this value to
tune.bufsize, without noticing any performance degradation. Theoretically
the responsiveness on multiplexed protocols such as H2 should also be
improved.
2025-04-29 12:13:42 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
f25b4abc9b MINOR: cli: split APPCTX_CLI_ST1_PROMPT into two distinct flags
The CLI's "prompt" command toggles two distinct things:
  - displaying or hiding the prompt at the beginning of the line
  - single-command vs interactive mode

These are two independent concepts and the prompt mode doesn't
always cope well with tools that would like to upload data without
having to read the prompt on return. Also, the master command line
works in interactive mode by default with no prompt, which is not
consistent (and not convenient for tools). So let's start by splitting
the bit in two, and have a new APPCTX_CLI_ST1_INTER flag dedicated
to the interactive mode. For now the "prompt" command alone continues
to toggle the two at once.
2025-04-28 20:21:06 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
5ac280f2a7 MINOR: compiler: add more macros to detect macro definitions
We add __equals_0(NAME) which is only true if NAME is defined as zero,
and __def_as_empty(NAME) which is only true if NAME is defined as an
empty string.
2025-04-28 20:21:06 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
12c7189bc8 MEDIUM: thread: set DEBUG_THREAD to 1 by default
Setting DEBUG_THREAD to 1 allows recording the lock history for each
thread. Tests have shown that (as predicted) the cost of updating a
single thread-local variable is not perceptible in the noise, especially
when compared to the cost of obtaining a lock. Since this can provide
useful value when debugging deadlocks, let's enable it by default when
threads are enabled.
2025-04-28 16:50:34 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
d9a659ed96 MINOR: threads/cli: display the lock history on "show threads"
This will display the lock labels and modes for each non-empty step
at the end of "show threads" when these are defined. This allows to
emit up to the last 8 locking operation for each thread on 64 bit
machines.
2025-04-28 16:50:34 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
b8a1c2380b MEDIUM: threads: keep history of taken locks with DEBUG_THREAD > 0
by only storing a word in each thread context, we can keep the history
of all taken/dropped locks by label. This is expected to be very cheap
and to permit to store up to 8 consecutive lock operations in 64 bits.
That should significantly help detect recursive locks as well as figure
what thread was likely to hinder another one waiting for a lock.

For now we only store the final state of the lock, we don't store the
attempt to get it. It's just a matter of space since we already need
4 ops (rd,sk,wr,un) which take 2 bits, leaving max 64 labels. We're
already around 45. We could also multiply by 5 and still keep 8 bits
total per lock, that would limit us to 51 locks max. It seems that
most of the time if we get a watchdog panic, anyway the victim thread
will be perfectly located so that we don't need a specific value for
this. Another benefit is that we perform a single memory write per
lock.
2025-04-28 16:50:34 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
23371b3e7c MINOR: threads: turn the full lock debugging to DEBUG_THREAD=2
At level 1 it now does nothing. This is reserved for some subsequent
patches which will implement lighter debugging.
2025-04-28 16:50:34 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
903a6b14ef MINOR: threads: prepare DEBUG_THREAD to receive more values
We now default the value to zero and make sure all tests properly take
care of values above zero. This is in preparation for supporting several
degrees of debugging.
2025-04-28 16:50:34 +02:00
William Lallemand
bb768b3e26 MEDIUM: acme: use Retry-After value for retries
Parse the Retry-After header in response and store it in order to use
the value as the next delay for the next retry, fallback to 3s if the
value couldn't be parse or does not exist.
2025-04-24 20:14:47 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
69b051d1dc MINOR: resolvers: add "dns-accept-family auto" to rely on detected IPv6
Instead of always having to force IPv4 or IPv6, let's now also offer
"auto" which will only enable IPv6 if the system has a default gateway
for it. This means that properly configured dual-stack systems will
default to "ipv4,ipv6" while those lacking a gateway will only use
"ipv4". Note that no real connectivity test is performed, so firewalled
systems may still get it wrong and might prefer to rely on a manual
"ipv4" assignment.
2025-04-24 17:52:28 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
5d41d476f3 MINOR: sock-inet: detect apparent IPv6 connectivity
In order to ease dual-stack deployments, we could at least try to
check if ipv6 seems to be reachable. For this we're adding a test
based on a UDP connect (no traffic) on port 53 to the base of
public addresses (2001::) and see if the connect() is permitted,
indicating that the routing table knows how to reach it, or fails.
Based on this result we're setting a global variable that other
subsystems might use to preset their defaults.
2025-04-24 17:52:28 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
2c46c2c042 MINOR: resolvers: add command-line argument -4 to force IPv4-only DNS
In order to ease troubleshooting and testing, the new "-4" command line
argument enforces queries and processing of "A" DNS records only, i.e.
those representing IPv4 addresses. This can be useful when a host lack
end-to-end dual-stack connectivity. This overrides the global
"dns-accept-family" directive and is equivalent to value "ipv4".
2025-04-24 17:52:28 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
940fa19ad8 MEDIUM: resolvers: add global "dns-accept-family" directive
By default, DNS resolvers accept both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses. This can be
influenced by the "resolve-prefer" keywords on server lines as well as the
family argument to the "do-resolve" action, but that is only a preference,
which does not block the other family from being used when it's alone. In
some environments where dual-stack is not usable, stumbling on an unreachable
IPv6-only DNS record can cause significant trouble as it will replace a
previous IPv4 one which would possibly have continued to work till next
request. The "dns-accept-family" global option permits to enforce usage of
only one (or both) address families. The argument is a comma-delimited list
of the following words:
  - "ipv4": query and accept IPv4 addresses ("A" records)
  - "ipv6": query and accept IPv6 addresses ("AAAA" records)

When a single family is used, no request will be sent to resolvers for the
other family, and any response for the othe family will be ignored. The
default value is "ipv4,ipv6", which effectively enables both families.
2025-04-24 17:52:28 +02:00
Christopher Faulet
29632bcabf CLEANUP: applet: Remove unsued rule pointer in appctx structure
Thanks to previous commits, the "rule" field in the appctx structure is no
longer used. So we can safely remove it.
2025-04-24 16:22:31 +02:00
Christopher Faulet
b734d7c156 MINOR: cli/applet: Move appctx fields only used by the CLI in a private context
There are several fields in the appctx structure only used by the CLI. To
make things cleaner, all these fields are now placed in a dedicated context
inside the appctx structure. The final goal is to move it in the service
context and add an API for cli commands to get a command coontext inside the
cli context.
2025-04-24 15:09:37 +02:00
Christopher Faulet
742dc01537 CLEANUP: applet: Update st0/st1 comment in appctx structure
Today, these states are used by almost all applets. So update the comments
of these fields.
2025-04-24 15:09:37 +02:00
Christopher Faulet
44ace9a1b7 MINOR: cli: Rename some CLI applet states to reflect recent refactoring
CLI_ST_GETREQ state was renamed into CLI_ST_PARSE_CMDLINE and CLI_ST_PARSEREQ
into CLI_ST_PROCESS_CMDLINE to reflect the real action performed in these
states.
2025-04-24 15:09:37 +02:00
Christopher Faulet
20ec1de214 MAJOR: cli: Refacor parsing and execution of pipelined commands
Before this patch, when pipelined commands were received, each command was
parsed and then excuted before moving to the next command. Pending commands
were not copied in the input buffer of the applet. The major issue with this
way to handle commands is the impossibility to consume inputs from commands
with an I/O handler, like "show events" for instance. It was working thanks
to a "bug" if such commands were the last one on the command line. But it
was impossible to use them followed by another command. And this prevents us
to implement any streaming support for CLI commands.

So we decided to refactor the command line parsing to have something similar
to a basic shell. Now an entire line is parsed, including the payload,
before starting commands execution. The command line is copied in a
dedicated buffer. "appctx->chunk" buffer is used for this purpose. It was an
unsed field, so it is safe to use it here. Once the command line copied, the
commands found on this line are executed. Because the applet input buffer
was flushed, any input can be safely consumed by the CLI applet and is
available for the command I/O handler. Thanks to this change, "show event
-w" command can be followed by a command. And in theory, it should be
possible to implement commands supporting input data streaming. For
instance, the Tetris like lua applet can be used on the CLI now.

Note that the payload, if any, is part of the command line and must be fully
received before starting the commands processing. It means there is still
the limitation to a buffer, but not only for the payload but for the whole
command line. The payload is still necessarily at the end of the command
line and is passed as argument to the last command. Internally, the
"appctx->cli_payload" field was introduced to point on the payload in the
command line buffer.

This patch is quite huge but it cannot easily be splitted. It should not
introduced significant changes.
2025-04-24 15:09:37 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
1af592c511 MINOR: stick-table: use a separate lock label for updates
Too many locks were sharing STK_TABLE_LOCK making it hard to analyze.
Let's split the already heavily used update lock.
2025-04-24 14:02:22 +02:00
William Lallemand
af73f98a3e MEDIUM: acme: rename "uri" into "directory"
Rename the "uri" option of the acme section into "directory".
2025-04-24 10:52:46 +02:00
William Lallemand
d700a242b4 MINOR: httpclient: add an "https" log-format
Add an experimental "https" log-format for the httpclient, it is not
used by the httpclient by default, but could be define in a customized
proxy.

The string is basically a httpslog, with some of the fields replaced by
their backend equivalent or - when not available:

"%ci:%cp [%tr] %ft -/- %TR/%Tw/%Tc/%Tr/%Ta %ST %B %CC %CS %tsc %ac/%fc/%bc/%sc/%rc %sq/%bq %hr %hs %{+Q}r %[bc_err]/%[ssl_bc_err,hex]/-/-/%[ssl_bc_is_resumed] -/-/-"
2025-04-23 15:32:46 +02:00
Christopher Faulet
a56feffc6f CLEANUP: h1: Remove now useless h1_parse_cont_len_header() function
Since the commit "MINOR: hlua/h1: Use http_parse_cont_len_header() to parse
content-length value", this function is no longer used. So it can be safely
removed.
2025-04-22 16:14:47 +02:00
Christopher Faulet
5200203677 MINOR: proxy: Add options to drop HTTP trailers during message forwarding
In RFC9110, it is stated that trailers could be merged with the
headers. While it should be performed with a speicial care, it may be a
problem for some applications. To avoid any trouble with such applications,
two new options were added to drop trailers during the message forwarding.

On the backend, "http-drop-request-trailers" option can be enabled to drop
trailers from the requests before sending them to the server. And on the
frontend, "http-drop-response-trailers" option can be enabled to drop
trailers from the responses before sending them to the client. The options
can be defined in defaults sections and disabled with "no" keyword.

This patch should fix the issue #2930.
2025-04-22 16:14:46 +02:00
Christopher Faulet
044ef9b3d6 CLEANUP: Slightly reorder some proxy option flags to free slots
PR_O_TCPCHK_SSL and PR_O_CONTSTATS was shifted to free a slot. The idea is
to have 2 contiguous slots to be able to insert two new options.
2025-04-22 16:14:46 +02:00
Amaury Denoyelle
4309a6fbf8 BUG/MINOR: quic: do not crash on CRYPTO ncbuf alloc failure
To handle out-of-order received CRYPTO frames, a ncbuf instance is
allocated. This is done via the helper quic_get_ncbuf().

Buffer allocation was improperly checked. In case b_alloc() fails, it
crashes due to a BUG_ON(). Fix this by removing it. The function now
returns NULL on allocation failure, which is already properly handled in
its caller qc_handle_crypto_frm().

This should fix the last reported crash from github issue #2935.

This must be backported up to 2.6.
2025-04-18 18:11:17 +02:00
Olivier Houchard
3758eab71c MEDIUM: lb_fwrr: Use one ebtree per thread group.
When using the round-robin load balancer, the major source of contention
is the lbprm lock, that has to be held every time we pick a server.
To mitigate that, make it so there are one tree per thread-group, and
one lock per thread-group. That means we now have a lb_fwrr_per_tgrp
structure that will contain the two lb_fwrr_groups (active and backup) as well
as the lock to protect them in the per-thread lbprm struct, and all
fields in the struct server are now moved to the per-thread structure
too.
Those changes are mostly mechanical, and brings good performances
improvment, on a 64-cores AMD CPU, with 64 servers configured, we could
process about 620000 requests par second, and we now can process around
1400000 requests per second.
2025-04-17 17:38:23 +02:00
Olivier Houchard
f36f6cfd26 MINOR: proxies: Add a per-thread group lbprm struct.
Add a new structure in the per-thread groups proxy structure, that will
contain whatever is per-thread group in lbprm.
It will be accessed as p->per_tgrp[tgid].lbprm.
2025-04-17 17:38:23 +02:00
Olivier Houchard
7ca1c94ff0 MINOR: lb_fwrr: Move the next weight out of fwrr_group.
Move the "next_weight" outside of fwrr_group, and inside struct lb_fwrr
directly, one for the active servers, one for the backup servers.
We will soon have one fwrr_group per thread group, but next_weight will
be global to all of them.
2025-04-17 17:38:23 +02:00
Olivier Houchard
444125a764 MINOR: servers: Provide a pointer to the server in srv_per_tgroup.
Add a pointer to the server into the struct srv_per_tgroup, so that if
we only have access to that srv_per_tgroup, we can come back to the
corresponding server.
2025-04-17 17:38:23 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
36ec70c526 MINOR: sched: add a new function is_sched_alive() to report scheduler's health
This verifies that the scheduler is still ticking without having to
access the activity[] array nor keeping local copies of the ctxsw
counter. It just tests and sets a flag that is reset after each
return from a ->process() function.
2025-04-17 16:25:47 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
874ba2afed CLEANUP: debug: no longer set nor use TH_FL_DUMPING_OTHERS
TH_FL_DUMPING_OTHERS was being used to try to perform exclusion between
threads running "show threads" and those producing warnings. Now that it
is much more cleanly handled, we don't need that type of protection
anymore, which was adding to the complexity of the solution. Let's just
get rid of it.
2025-04-17 16:25:47 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
c16d5415a8 MINOR: debug: make ha_stuck_warning() only work for the current thread
Since we no longer call it with a foreign thread, let's simplify its code
and get rid of the special cases that were relying on ha_thread_dump_fill()
and synchronization with a remote thread. We're not only dumping the
current thread so ha_thread_dump_one() is sufficient.
2025-04-17 16:25:47 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
b24d7f248e MINOR: pass a valid buffer pointer to ha_thread_dump_one()
The goal is to let the caller deal with the pointer so that the function
only has to fill that buffer without worrying about locking. This way,
synchronous dumps from "show threads" are produced and emitted directly
without causing undesired locking of the buffer nor risking causing
confusion about thread_dump_buffer containing bits from an interrupted
dump in progress.

It's only the caller that's responsible for notifying the requester of
the end of the dump by setting bit 0 of the pointer if needed (i.e. it's
only done in the debug handler).
2025-04-17 16:25:47 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
5ac739cd0c MINOR: debug: remove unused case of thr!=tid in ha_thread_dump_one()
This function was initially designed to dump any threadd into the presented
buffer, but the way it currently works is that it's always called for the
current thread, and uses the distinction between coming from a sighandler
or being called directly to detect which thread is the caller.

Let's simplify all this by replacing thr with tid everywhere, and using
the thread-local pointers where it makes sense (e.g. th_ctx, th_ctx etc).
The confusing "from_signal" argument is now replaced with "is_caller"
which clearly states whether or not the caller declares being the one
asking for the dump (the logic is inverted, but there are only two call
places with a constant).
2025-04-17 16:25:47 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
6d8a523d14 MINOR: tinfo: keep a copy of the pointer to the thread dump buffer
Instead of using the thread dump buffer for post-mortem analysis, we'll
keep a copy of the assigned pointer whenever it's used, even for warnings
or "show threads". This will offer more opportunities to figure from a
core what happened, and will give us more freedom regarding the value of
the thread_dump_buffer itself. For example, even at the end of the dump
when the pointer is reset, the last used buffer is now preserved.
2025-04-17 16:25:47 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
337017e2f9 BUG/MINOR: threads: set threads_idle and threads_harmless even with no threads
Some signal handlers rely on these to decide about the level of detail to
provide in dumps, so let's properly fill the info about entering/leaving
idle. Note that for consistency with other tests we're using bitops with
t->ltid_bit, while we could simply assign 0/1 to the fields. But it makes
the code more readable and the whole difference is only 88 bytes on a 3MB
executable.

This bug is not important, and while older versions are likely affected
as well, it's not worth taking the risk to backport this in case it would
wake up an obscure bug.
2025-04-17 16:25:47 +02:00
Amaury Denoyelle
52246249ab MEDIUM: listener/mux-h2: implement idle-ping on frontend side
This commit is the counterpart of the previous one, adapted on the
frontend side. "idle-ping" is added as keyword to bind lines, to be able
to refresh client timeout of idle frontend connections.

H2 MUX behavior remains similar as the previous patch. The only
significant change is in h2c_update_timeout(), as idle-ping is now taken
into account also for frontend connection. The calculated value is
compared with http-request/http-keep-alive timeout value. The shorter
delay is then used as expired date. As hr/ka timeout are based on
idle_start, this allows to run them in parallel with an idle-ping timer.
2025-04-17 14:49:36 +02:00
Amaury Denoyelle
a78a04cfae MEDIUM: server/mux-h2: implement idle-ping on backend side
This commit implements support for idle-ping on the backend side. First,
a new server keyword "idle-ping" is defined in configuration parsing. It
is used to set the corresponding new server member.

The second part of this commit implements idle-ping support on H2 MUX. A
new inlined function conn_idle_ping() is defined to access connection
idle-ping value. Two new connection flags are defined H2_CF_IDL_PING and
H2_CF_IDL_PING_SENT. The first one is set for idle connections via
h2c_update_timeout().

On h2_timeout_task() handler, if first flag is set, instead of releasing
the connection as before, the second flag is set and tasklet is
scheduled. As both flags are now set, h2_process_mux() will proceed to
PING emission. The timer has also been rearmed to the idle-ping value.
If a PING ACK is received before next timeout, connection timer is
refreshed. Else, the connection is released, as with timer expiration.

Also of importance, special care is needed when a backend connection is
going to idle. In this case, idle-ping timer must be rearmed. Thus a new
invokation of h2c_update_timeout() is performed on h2_detach().
2025-04-17 14:49:36 +02:00
William Lallemand
e778049ffc MINOR: acme: register the task in the ckch_store
This patch registers the task in the ckch_store so we don't run 2 tasks
at the same time for a given certificate.

Move the task creation under the lock and check if there was already a
task under the lock.
2025-04-16 17:12:43 +02:00
William Lallemand
c291a5c73c BUILD: incompatible pointer type suspected with -DDEBUG_UNIT
src/jws.c: In function '__jws_init':
src/jws.c:594:38: error: passing argument 2 of 'hap_register_unittest' from incompatible pointer type [-Wincompatible-pointer-types]
  594 |         hap_register_unittest("jwk", jwk_debug);
      |                                      ^~~~~~~~~
      |                                      |
      |                                      int (*)(int,  char **)
In file included from include/haproxy/api.h:36,
                 from include/import/ebtree.h:251,
                 from include/import/ebmbtree.h:25,
                 from include/haproxy/jwt-t.h:25,
                 from src/jws.c:5:
include/haproxy/init.h:37:52: note: expected 'int (*)(void)' but argument is of type 'int (*)(int,  char **)'
   37 | void hap_register_unittest(const char *name, int (*fct)());
      |                                              ~~~~~~^~~~~~

GCC 15 is warning because the function pointer does have its
arguments in the register function.

Should fix issue #2929.
2025-04-15 15:49:44 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
b708345c17 DEBUG: counters: add the ability to enable/disable updating the COUNT_IF counters
These counters can have a noticeable cost on large machines, though not
dramatic. There's no single good choice to keep them enabled or disabled.
This commit adds multiple choices:
  - DEBUG_COUNTERS set to 2 will automatically enable them by default, while
    1 will disable them by default
  - the global "debug.counters on/off" will allow to change the setting at
    boot, regardless of DEBUG_COUNTERS as long as it was at least 1.
  - the CLI "debug counters on/off" will also allow to change the value at
    run time, allowing to observe a phenomenon while it's happening, or to
    disable counters if it's suspected that their cost is too high

Finally, the "debug counters" command will append "(stopped)" at the end
of the CNT lines when these counters are stopped.

Not that the whole mechanism would easily support being extended to all
counter types by specifying the types to apply to, but it doesn't seem
useful at all and would require the user to also type "cnt" on debug
lines. This may easily be changed in the future if it's found relevant.
2025-04-14 19:02:13 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
a142adaba0 DEBUG: counters: make COUNT_IF() only appear at DEBUG_COUNTERS>=1
COUNT_IF() is convenient but can be heavy since some of them were found
to trigger often (roughly 1 counter per request on avg). This might even
have an impact on large setups due to the cost of a shared cache line
bouncing between multiple cores. For now there's no way to disable it,
so let's only enable it when DEBUG_COUNTERS is 1 or above. A future
change will make it configurable.
2025-04-14 19:02:13 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
61d633a3ac DEBUG: rename DEBUG_GLITCHES to DEBUG_COUNTERS and enable it by default
Till now the per-line glitches counters were only enabled with the
confusingly named DEBUG_GLITCHES (which would not turn glitches off
when disabled). Let's instead change it to DEBUG_COUNTERS and make sure
it's enabled by default (though it can still be disabled with
-DDEBUG_GLITCHES=0 just like for DEBUG_STRICT). It will later be
expanded to cover more counters.
2025-04-14 19:02:13 +02:00
William Lallemand
39c05cedff BUILD: acme: enable the ACME feature when JWS is present
The ACME feature depends on the JWS, which currently does not work with
every SSL libraries. This patch only enables ACME when JWS is enabled.
2025-04-12 01:39:03 +02:00
William Lallemand
5500bda9eb MINOR: acme: implement retrieval of the certificate
Once the Order status is "valid", the certificate URL is accessible,
this patch implements the retrieval of the certificate which is stocked
in ctx->store.
2025-04-12 01:39:03 +02:00
William Lallemand
27fff179fe MINOR: acme: verify the order status once finalized
This implements a call to the order status to check if the certificate
is ready.
2025-04-12 01:39:03 +02:00
William Lallemand
680222b382 MINOR: acme: finalize by sending the CSR
This patch does the finalize step of the ACME task.
This encodes the CSR into base64 format and send it to the finalize URL.

https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc8555#section-7.4
2025-04-12 01:29:27 +02:00
William Lallemand
de5dc31a0d MINOR: acme: generate the CSR in a X509_REQ
Generate the X509_REQ using the generated private key and the SAN from
the configuration. This is only done once before the task is started.

It could probably be done at the beginning of the task with the private
key generation once we have a scheduler instead of a CLI command.
2025-04-12 01:29:27 +02:00
William Lallemand
00ba62df15 MINOR: acme: implement a check on the challenge status
This patch implements a check on the challenge URL, once haproxy asked
for the challenge to be verified, it must verify the status of the
challenge resolution and if there weren't any error.
2025-04-12 01:29:27 +02:00
William Lallemand
711a13a4b4 MINOR: acme: send the request for challenge ready
This patch sends the "{}" message to specify that a challenge is ready.
It iterates on every challenge URL in the authorization list from the
acme_ctx.

This allows the ACME server to procede to the challenge validation.
https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc8555#section-7.5.1
2025-04-12 01:29:27 +02:00
William Lallemand
ae0bc88f91 MINOR: acme: get the challenges object from the Auth URL
This patch implements the retrieval of the challenges objects on the
authorizations URLs. The challenges object contains a token and a
challenge url that need to be called once the challenge is setup.

Each authorization URLs contain multiple challenge objects, usually one
per challenge type (HTTP-01, DNS-01, ALPN-01... We only need to keep the
one that is relevent to our configuration.
2025-04-12 01:29:27 +02:00
William Lallemand
4842c5ea8c MINOR: acme: newOrder request retrieve authorizations URLs
This patch implements the newOrder action in the ACME task, in order to
ask for a new certificate, a list of SAN is sent as a JWS payload.
the ACME server replies a list of Authorization URLs. One Authorization
is created per SAN on a Order.

The authorization URLs are stored in a linked list of 'struct acme_auth'
in acme_ctx, so we can get the challenge URLs from them later.

The location header is also store as it is the URL of the order object.

https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc8555#section-7.4
2025-04-12 01:29:27 +02:00
William Lallemand
04d393f661 MINOR: acme: generate new account
The new account action in the ACME task use the same function as the
chkaccount, but onlyReturnExisting is not sent in this case!
2025-04-12 01:29:27 +02:00
William Lallemand
7f9bf4d5f7 MINOR: acme: check if the account exist
This patch implements the retrival of the KID (account identifier) using
the pkey.

A request is sent to the newAccount URL using the onlyReturnExisting
option, which allow to get the kid of an existing account.

acme_jws_payload() implement a way to generate a JWS payload using the
nonce, pkey and provided URI.
2025-04-12 01:29:27 +02:00
William Lallemand
0aa6dedf72 MINOR: acme: handle the nonce
ACME requests are supposed to be sent with a Nonce, the first Nonce
should be retrieved using the newNonce URI provided by the directory.

This nonce is stored and must be replaced by the new one received in the
each response.
2025-04-12 01:29:27 +02:00
William Lallemand
471290458e MINOR: acme: get the ACME directory
The first request of the ACME protocol is getting the list of URLs for
the next steps.

This patch implements the first request and the parsing of the response.

The response is a JSON object so mjson is used to parse it.
2025-04-12 01:29:27 +02:00
William Lallemand
b8209cf697 MINOR: acme/cli: add the 'acme renew' command
The "acme renew" command launch the ACME task for a given certificate.

The CLI parser generates a new private key using the parameters from the
acme section..
2025-04-12 01:29:27 +02:00
William Lallemand
bf6a39c4d1 MINOR: acme: add private key configuration
This commit allows to configure the generated private keys, you can
configure the keytype (RSA/ECDSA), the number of bits or the curves.

Example:

    acme LE
        uri https://acme-staging-v02.api.letsencrypt.org/directory
        account account.key
        contact foobar@example.com
        challenge HTTP-01
        keytype ECDSA
        curves P-384
2025-04-12 01:29:27 +02:00
William Lallemand
2e8c350b95 MINOR: acme: add configuration for the crt-store
Add new acme keywords for the ckch_conf parsing, which will be used on a
crt-store, a crt line in a frontend, or even a crt-list.

The cfg_postparser_acme() is called in order to check if a section referenced
elsewhere really exists in the config file.
2025-04-12 01:29:27 +02:00
William Lallemand
077e2ce84c MINOR: acme: add the acme section in the configuration parser
Add a configuration parser for the new acme section, the section is
configured this way:

    acme letsencrypt
        uri https://acme-staging-v02.api.letsencrypt.org/directory
        account account.key
        contact foobar@example.com
        challenge HTTP-01

When unspecified, the challenge defaults to HTTP-01, and the account key
to "<section_name>.account.key".

Section are stored in a linked list containing acme_cfg structures, the
configuration parsing is mostly resolved in the postsection parser
cfg_postsection_acme() which is called after the parsing of an acme section.
2025-04-12 01:29:27 +02:00
William Lallemand
20718f40b6 MEDIUM: ssl/ckch: add filename and linenum argument to crt-store parsing
Add filename and linenum arguments to the crt-store / ckch_conf parsing.

It allows to use them in the parsing function so we could emits error.
2025-04-12 01:29:27 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
00c967fac4 MINOR: master/cli: support bidirectional communications with workers
Some rare commands in the worker require to keep their input open and
terminate when it's closed ("show events -w", "wait"). Others maintain
a per-session context ("set anon on"). But in its default operation
mode, the master CLI passes commands one at a time to the worker, and
closes the CLI's input channel so that the command can immediately
close upon response. This effectively prevents these two specific cases
from being used.

Here the approach that we take is to introduce a bidirectional mode to
connect to the worker, where everything sent to the master is immediately
forwarded to the worker (including the raw command), allowing to queue
multiple commands at once in the same session, and to continue to watch
the input to detect when the client closes. It must be a client's choice
however, since doing so means that the client cannot batch many commands
at once to the master process, but must wait for these commands to complete
before sending new ones. For this reason we use the prefix "@@<pid>" for
this. It works exactly like "@" except that it maintains the channel
open during the whole execution. Similarly to "@<pid>" with no command,
"@@<pid>" will simply open an interactive CLI session to the worker, that
will be ended by "quit" or by closing the connection. This can be convenient
for the user, and possibly for clients willing to dedicate a connection to
the worker.
2025-04-11 16:09:17 +02:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
fbfeb591f7 MINOR: proxy: add deinit_proxy() helper func
Same as free_proxy(), but does not free the base proxy pointer (ie: the
proxy itself may not be allocated)

Goal is to be able to cleanup statically allocated dummy proxies.
2025-04-10 22:10:31 +02:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
e1cec655ee MINOR: proxy: add setup_new_proxy() function
Split alloc_new_proxy() in two functions: the preparing part is now
handled by setup_new_proxy() which can be called individually, while
alloc_new_proxy() takes care of allocating a new proxy struct and then
calling setup_new_proxy() with the freshly allocated proxy.
2025-04-10 22:10:31 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
f4634e5a38 MINOR: ring/cli: support delimiting events with a trailing \0 on "show events"
At the moment it is not supported to produce multi-line events on the
"show events" output, simply because the LF character is used as the
default end-of-event mark. However it could be convenient to produce
well-formatted multi-line events, e.g. in JSON or other formats. UNIX
utilities have already faced similar needs in the past and added
"-print0" to "find" and "-0" to "xargs" to mention that the delimiter
is the NUL character. This makes perfect sense since it's never present
in contents, so let's do exactly the same here.

Thus from now on, "show events <ring> -0" will delimit messages using
a \0 instead of a \n, permitting a better and safer encapsulation.
2025-04-08 14:36:35 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
0be6d73e88 MINOR: ring: support arbitrary delimiters through ring_dispatch_messages()
In order to support delimiting output events with other characters than
just the LF, let's pass the delimiter through the API. The default remains
the LF, used by applet_append_line(), and ignored by the log forwarder.
2025-04-08 14:36:35 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
f01ff2478f BUILD: atomics: fix build issue on non-x86/non-arm systems
Commit f435a2e518 ("CLEANUP: atomics: also replace __sync_synchronize()
with __atomic_thread_fence()") replaced the builtins used for barriers,
but the different API required an argument while the macros didn't specify
any, resulting in double parenthesis that were causing obscure build errors
such as "called object type 'void' is not a function or function pointer".
Let's just specify the args for the macro. No backport is needed.
2025-04-07 09:38:22 +02:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
11d4d0957e MEDIUM: task: make notification_* API thread safe by default
Some notification_* functions were not thread safe by default as they
assumed only one producer would emit events for registered tasks.

While this suited well with the Lua sockets use-case, this proved to
be a limitation with some other event sources (ie: lua Queue class)

instead of having to deal with both the non thread safe and thread
safe variants (_mt suffix), which is error prone, let's make the
entire API thread safe regarding the event list.

Pruning functions still require that only one thread executes them,
with Lua this is always the case because there is one cleanup list
per context.
2025-04-03 17:52:50 +02:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
748dba4859 MINOR: hlua_fcn: register queue class using hlua_register_metatable()
Most lua classes are registered by leveraging the
hlua_register_metatable() helper. Let's use that for the Queue class as
well for consitency.
2025-04-03 17:52:17 +02:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
b77b1a2c3a MINOR: task: add thread safe notification_new and notification_wake variants
notification_new and notification_wake were historically meant to be
called by a single thread doing both the init and the wakeup for other
tasks waiting on the signals.

In this patch, we extend the API so that notification_new and
notification_wake have thread-safe variants that can safely be used with
multiple threads registering on the same list of events and multiple
threads pushing updates on the list.
2025-04-03 17:52:03 +02:00
Amaury Denoyelle
f0f1816f1a MINOR: check: implement check-pool-conn-name srv keyword
This commit is a direct follow-up of the previous one. It defines a new
server keyword check-pool-conn-name. It is used as the default value for
the name parameter of idle connection hash generation.

Its behavior is similar to server keyword pool-conn-name, but reserved
for checks reuse. If check-pool-conn-name is set, it is used in priority
to match a connection for reuse. If unset, a fallback is performed on
check-sni.
2025-04-03 17:19:07 +02:00
Amaury Denoyelle
43367f94f1 MINOR: check/backend: support conn reuse with SNI
Support for connection reuse during server checks was implemented
recently. This is activated with the server keyword check-reuse-pool.

Similarly to stream processing via connect_backend(), a connection hash
is calculated when trying to perform reuse for checks. This is necessary
to retrieve for a connection which shares the check connect parameters.
However, idle connections can additionnally be tagged using a
pool-conn-name or SNI under connect_backend(). Check reuse does not test
these values, which prevent to retrieve a matching connection.

Improve this by using "check-sni" value as idle connection hash input
for check reuse. be_calculate_conn_hash() API has been adjusted so that
name value can be passed as input, both when using streams or checks.

Even with the current patch, there is still some scenarii which could
not be covered for checks connection reuse. most notably, when using
dynamic pool-conn-name/SNI value. It is however at least sufficient to
cover simpler cases.
2025-04-03 17:19:07 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
f435a2e518 CLEANUP: atomics: also replace __sync_synchronize() with __atomic_thread_fence()
The drop of older compilers also allows us to focus on clearer
barriers, so let's use them.
2025-04-03 11:59:31 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
34e3b83f9c CLEANUP: atomics: remove support for gcc < 4.7
The old __sync_* API is no longer necessary since we do not support
gcc before 4.7 anymore. Let's just get rid of this code, the file is
still ugly enough without it.
2025-04-03 11:55:35 +02:00
Ilia Shipitsin
27a6353ceb CLEANUP: assorted typo fixes in the code, commits and doc 2025-04-03 11:37:25 +02:00
William Lallemand
b351f06ff1 REORG: ssl: move curves2nid and nid2nist to ssl_utils
curves2nid and nid2nist are generic functions that could be used outside
the JWS scope, this patch put them at the right place so they can be
reused.
2025-04-02 19:34:09 +02:00
Amaury Denoyelle
f1fb396d71 MEDIUM: check: implement check-reuse-pool
Implement the possibility to reuse idle connections when performing
server checks. This is done thanks to the recently introduced functions
be_calculate_conn_hash() and be_reuse_connection().

One side effect of this change is that be_calculate_conn_hash() can now
be called with a NULL stream instance. As such, part of the functions
are adjusted accordingly.

Note that to simplify configuration, connection reuse is not performed
if any specific check connection parameters are defined on the server
line or via the tcp-check connect rule. This is performed via newly
defined tcpcheck_use_nondefault_connect().
2025-04-02 14:57:40 +02:00
Amaury Denoyelle
e34f748e3a MINOR: check define check-reuse-pool server keyword
Define a new server keyword check-reuse-pool, and its counterpart with a
"no" prefix. For the moment, only parsing is implemented. The real
behavior adjustment will be implemented in the next patch.
2025-04-02 14:57:40 +02:00
Amaury Denoyelle
20eb57b486 MINOR: backend: remove stream usage on connection reuse
Adjust newly defined be_reuse_connection() API. The stream argument is
removed. This will allows checks to be able to invoke it without relying
on a stream instance.
2025-04-02 14:57:40 +02:00
Amaury Denoyelle
ee94a6cfc1 MINOR: backend: extract conn reuse from connect_server()
Following the previous patch, the part directly related to connection
reuse is extracted from connect_server(). It is now define in a new
function be_reuse_connection().
2025-04-02 14:57:40 +02:00
Amaury Denoyelle
c7cc6b6401 MINOR: backend: extract conn hash calculation from connect_server()
On connection reuse, a hash is first calculated. It is generated from
various connection parameters, to retrieve a matching connection.

Extract hash calculation from connect_server() into a new dedicated
function be_calculate_conn_hash(). The objective is to be able to
perform connection reuse for checks, without connect_server() invokation
which relies on a stream instance.
2025-04-02 14:57:40 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
4ec5509541 BUILD: compiler: undefine the CONCAT() macro if already defined
As Ilya reported in issue #2911, the CONCAT() macro breaks on NetBSD
which defines its own as __CONCAT() (which is exactly the same). Let's
just undefine it before ours to fix the issue instead of renaming, but
keep ours so that we don't have doubts about what we're running with.

Note that the patch introducing this breaking change was backported
to 3.0.
2025-04-02 11:36:43 +02:00
Ilia Shipitsin
78b849b839 CLEANUP: assorted typo fixes in the code and comments
code, comments and doc actually.
2025-04-02 11:12:20 +02:00
Olivier Houchard
9fe72bba3c MAJOR: leastconn; Revamp the way servers are ordered.
For leastconn, servers used to just be stored in an ebtree.
Each server would be one node.
Change that so that nodes contain multiple mt_lists. Each list
will contain servers that share the same key (typically meaning
they have the same number of connections). Using mt_lists means
that as long as tree elements already exist, moving a server from
one tree element to another does no longer require the lbprm write
lock.
We use multiple mt_lists to reduce the contention when moving
a server from one tree element to another. A list in the new
element will be chosen randomly.
We no longer remove a tree element as soon as they no longer
contain any server. Instead, we keep a list of all elements,
and when we need a new element, we look at that list only if it
contains a number of elements already, otherwise we'll allocate
a new one. Keeping nodes in the tree ensures that we very
rarely have to take the lbrpm write lock (as it only happens
when we're moving the server to a position for which no
element is currently in the tree).

The number of mt_lists used is defined as FWLC_NB_LISTS.
The number of tree elements we want to keep is defined as
FWLC_MIN_FREE_ENTRIES, both in defaults.h.
The value used were picked afrer experimentation, and
seems to be the best choice of performances vs memory
usage.

Doing that gives a good boost in performances when a lot of
servers are used.
With a configuration using 500 servers, before that patch,
about 830000 requests per second could be processed, with
that patch, about 1550000 requests per second are
processed, on an 64-cores AMD, using 1200 concurrent connections.
2025-04-01 18:05:30 +02:00
Olivier Houchard
ba521a1d88 MINOR: threads: Add HA_RWLOCK_TRYRDTOWR()
Add HA_RWLOCK_TRYRDTOWR(), that tries to upgrade a lock
from reader to writer, and fails if any seeker or writer already
holds it.
2025-04-01 18:05:30 +02:00
Olivier Houchard
2a9436f96b MINOR: lbprm: Add method to deinit server and proxy
Add two new methods to lbprm, server_deinit() and proxy_deinit(),
in case something should be done at the lbprm level when
removing servers and proxies.
2025-04-01 18:05:30 +02:00
Olivier Houchard
17059098e7 MINOR: mt_list: Implement mt_list_try_lock_prev().
Implement mt_list_try_lock_prev(), that does the same thing
as mt_list_lock_prev(), exceot if the list is locked, it
returns { NULL, NULL } instaed of waiting.
2025-04-01 18:05:30 +02:00
William Lallemand
fdcb97614c MINOR: ssl/ckch: add substring parser for ckch_conf
Add a substring parser for the ckch_conf keyword parser, this will split
a string into multiple substring, and strdup them in a array.
2025-04-01 15:38:32 +02:00
William Lallemand
f8fe84caca MINOR: jws: emit the JWK thumbprint
jwk_thumbprint() is a function which is a function which implements
RFC7368 and emits a JWK thumbprint using a EVP_PKEY.

EVP_PKEY_EC_to_pub_jwk() and EVP_PKEY_RSA_to_pub_jwk() were changed in
order to match what is required to emit a thumbprint (ie, no spaces or
lines and the lexicographic order of the fields)
2025-04-01 11:57:55 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
1e9a2529aa MINOR: cpu-topo: pass an extra argument to ha_cpu_policy
This extra argument will allow common functions to distinguish between
multiple policies. For now it's not used.
2025-03-31 16:21:37 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
571573874a MINOR: cpu-set: add a new function to print cpu-sets in human-friendly mode
The new function "print_cpu_set()" will print cpu sets in a human-friendly
way, with commas and dashes for intervals. The goal is to keep them compact
enough.
2025-03-31 16:21:37 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
3955f151b1 MINOR: cpu-set: compare two cpu sets with ha_cpuset_isequal()
This function returns true if two CPU sets are equal.
2025-03-31 16:21:37 +02:00
Valentine Krasnobaeva
b303861469 MINOR: compiler: add __nonstring macro
GCC 15 throws the following warning on fixed-size char arrays if they do not
contain terminated NUL:

src/tools.c:2041:25: error: initializer-string for array of 'char' truncates NUL terminator but destination lacks 'nonstring' attribute (17 chars into 16 available) [-Werror=unterminated-string-initialization]
 2041 | const char hextab[16] = "0123456789ABCDEF";

We are using a couple of such definitions for some constants. Converting them
to flexible arrays, like: hextab[] = "0123456789ABCDEF" may have consequences,
as enlarged arrays won't fit anymore where they were possibly located due to
the memory alignement constraints.

GCC adds 'nonstring' variable attribute for such char arrays, but clang and
other compilers don't have it. Let's wrap 'nonstring' with our
__nonstring macro, which will test if the compiler supports this attribute.

This fixes the issue #2910.
2025-03-31 13:50:28 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
6b17310757 MEDIUM: pools: be a bit smarter when merging comparable size pools
By default, pools of comparable sizes are merged together. However, the
current algorithm is dumb: it rounds the requested size to the next
multiple of 16 and compares the sizes like this. This results in many
entries which are already multiples of 16 not being merged, for example
1024 and 1032 are separate, 65536 and 65540 are separate, 48 and 56 are
separate (though 56 merges with 64).

This commit changes this to consider not just the entry size but also the
average entry size, that is, it compares the average size of all objects
sharing the pool with the size of the object looking for a pool. If the
object is not more than 1% bigger nor smaller than the current average
size or if it neither 16 bytes smaller nor larger, then it can be merged.
Also, it always respects exact matches in order to avoid merging objects
into larger pools or worse, extending existing ones for no reason, and
when there's a tie, it always avoids extending an existing pool.

Also, we now visit all existing pools in order to spot the best one, we
do not stop anymore at the smallest one large enough. Theoretically this
could cost a bit of CPU but in practice it's O(N^2) with N quite small
(typically in the order of 100) and the cost at each step is very low
(compare a few integer values). But as a side effect, pools are no
longer sorted by size, "show pools bysize" is needed for this.

This causes the objects to be much better grouped together, accepting to
use a little bit more sometimes to avoid fragmentation, without causing
everyone to be merged into the same pool. Thanks to this we're now
seeing 36 pools instead of 48 by default, with some very nice examples
of compact grouping:

  - Pool qc_stream_r (80 bytes) : 13 users
      >  qc_stream_r : size=72 flags=0x1 align=0
      >  quic_cstrea : size=80 flags=0x1 align=0
      >  qc_stream_a : size=64 flags=0x1 align=0
      >  hlua_esub   : size=64 flags=0x1 align=0
      >  stconn      : size=80 flags=0x1 align=0
      >  dns_query   : size=64 flags=0x1 align=0
      >  vars        : size=80 flags=0x1 align=0
      >  filter      : size=64 flags=0x1 align=0
      >  session pri : size=64 flags=0x1 align=0
      >  fcgi_hdr_ru : size=72 flags=0x1 align=0
      >  fcgi_param_ : size=72 flags=0x1 align=0
      >  pendconn    : size=80 flags=0x1 align=0
      >  capture     : size=64 flags=0x1 align=0

  - Pool h3s (56 bytes) : 17 users
      >  h3s         : size=56 flags=0x1 align=0
      >  qf_crypto   : size=48 flags=0x1 align=0
      >  quic_tls_se : size=48 flags=0x1 align=0
      >  quic_arng   : size=56 flags=0x1 align=0
      >  hlua_flt_ct : size=56 flags=0x1 align=0
      >  promex_metr : size=48 flags=0x1 align=0
      >  conn_hash_n : size=56 flags=0x1 align=0
      >  resolv_requ : size=48 flags=0x1 align=0
      >  mux_pt      : size=40 flags=0x1 align=0
      >  comp_state  : size=40 flags=0x1 align=0
      >  notificatio : size=48 flags=0x1 align=0
      >  tasklet     : size=56 flags=0x1 align=0
      >  bwlim_state : size=48 flags=0x1 align=0
      >  xprt_handsh : size=48 flags=0x1 align=0
      >  email_alert : size=56 flags=0x1 align=0
      >  caphdr      : size=41 flags=0x1 align=0
      >  caphdr      : size=41 flags=0x1 align=0

  - Pool quic_cids (32 bytes) : 13 users
      >  quic_cids   : size=16 flags=0x1 align=0
      >  quic_tls_ke : size=32 flags=0x1 align=0
      >  quic_tls_iv : size=12 flags=0x1 align=0
      >  cbuf        : size=32 flags=0x1 align=0
      >  hlua_queuew : size=24 flags=0x1 align=0
      >  hlua_queue  : size=24 flags=0x1 align=0
      >  promex_modu : size=24 flags=0x1 align=0
      >  cache_st    : size=24 flags=0x1 align=0
      >  spoe_appctx : size=32 flags=0x1 align=0
      >  ehdl_sub_tc : size=32 flags=0x1 align=0
      >  fcgi_flt_ct : size=16 flags=0x1 align=0
      >  sig_handler : size=32 flags=0x1 align=0
      >  pipe        : size=24 flags=0x1 align=0

  - Pool quic_crypto (1032 bytes) : 2 users
      >  quic_crypto : size=1032 flags=0x1 align=0
      >  requri      : size=1024 flags=0x1 align=0

  - Pool quic_conn_r (65544 bytes) : 2 users
      >  quic_conn_r : size=65536 flags=0x1 align=0
      >  dns_msg_buf : size=65540 flags=0x1 align=0

On a very unscientific test consisting in sending 1 million H1 requests
and 1 million H2 requests to the stats page, we're seeing an ~6% lower
memory usage with the patch:

  before the patch:
    Total: 48 pools, 4120832 bytes allocated, 4120832 used (~3555680 by thread caches).

  after the patch:
    Total: 36 pools, 3880648 bytes allocated, 3880648 used (~3299064 by thread caches).

This should be taken with care however since pools allocate and release
in batches.
2025-03-25 18:01:01 +01:00
Pierre-Andre Savalle
8ed1e91efd MEDIUM: lb-chash: add directive hash-preserve-affinity
When using hash-based load balancing, requests are always assigned to
the server corresponding to the hash bucket for the balancing key,
without taking maxconn or maxqueue into account, unlike in other load
balancing methods like 'first'. This adds a new backend directive that
can be used to take maxconn and possibly maxqueue in that context. This
can be used when hashing is desired to achieve cache locality, but
sending requests to a different server is preferable to queuing for a
long time or failing requests when the initial server is saturated.

By default, affinity is preserved as was the case previously. When
'hash-preserve-affinity' is set to 'maxqueue', servers are considered
successively in the order of the hash ring until a server that does not
have a full queue is found.

When 'maxconn' is set on a server, queueing cannot be disabled, as
'maxqueue=0' means unlimited.  To support picking a different server
when a server is at 'maxconn' irrespective of the queue,
'hash-preserve-affinity' can be set to 'maxconn'.
2025-03-25 18:01:01 +01:00
Amaury Denoyelle
cf9e40bd8a MINOR: quic: define max-stream-data configuration as a ratio 2025-03-25 16:30:35 +01:00
Amaury Denoyelle
68c10d444d MINOR: mux-quic: define config for max-data
Define a new global configuration tune.quic.frontend.max-data. This
allows users to explicitely set the value for the corresponding QUIC TP
initial-max-data, with direct impact on haproxy memory consumption.
2025-03-25 16:30:09 +01:00
Amaury Denoyelle
a71007c088 MINOR: quic: move global tune options into quic_tune
A new structure quic_tune has recently been defined. Its purpose is to
store global options related to QUIC. Previously, only the tunable to
toggle pacing was stored in it.

This commit moves several QUIC related tunable from global to quic_tune
structure. This better centralizes QUIC configuration option and gives
room for future generic options.
2025-03-24 10:01:46 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
9091c5317f MINOR: cli/pools: record the list of pool registrations even when merging them
By default, create_pool() tries to merge similar pools into one. But when
dealing with certain bugs, it's hard to say which ones were merged together.
We do have the information at registration time, so let's just create a
list of registrations ("pool_registration") attached to each pool, that
will store that information. It can then be consulted on the CLI using
"show pools detailed", where the names, sizes, alignment and flags are
reported.
2025-03-21 17:09:30 +01:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
7ec6f4412c MINOR: stats: add alt_name field to stat_col struct
alt_name will be used by metric exporters to know how the metric should be
presented to the user. If the alt_name is NULL, the metric should be
ignored. For now only promex exporter will make use of this.
2025-03-21 17:04:54 +01:00
Olivier Houchard
98967aa09f MEDIUM: mt_list: Reduce the max number of loops with exponential backoff
Reduce the max number of loops in the mt_list code while waiting for
a lock to be available with exponential backoff. It's been observed that
the current value led to severe performances degradation at least on
some hardware, hopefully this value will be acceptable everywhere.
2025-03-21 11:30:59 +01:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
af68343a56 MINOR: stats: use stat_col storage stat_cols_info
Use stat_col storage for stat_cols_info[] array instead of name_desc.

As documented in 65624876f ("MINOR: stats: introduce a more expressive
stat definition method"), stat_col supersedes name_desc storage but
it remains backward compatible. Here we migrate to the new API to be
able to further extend stat_cols_info[] in following patches.
2025-03-20 11:38:32 +01:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
9c60fc9fe1 MINOR: stats: STATS_PX_CAP___B_ macro
STATS_PX_CAP___B_ points to STATS_PX_CAP_BE, it is just an alias
for consistency, like STATS_PX_CAP____S which points to
STATS_PX_CAP_SRV.
2025-03-20 11:37:47 +01:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
3c1b00b127 MINOR: stats: add .generic explicit field in stat_col struct
Further extend logic implemented in 65624876 ("MINOR: stats: introduce a
more expressive stat definition method") and 4e9e8418 ("MINOR: stats:
prepare stats-file support for values other than FN_COUNTER"): we don't
rely anymore on the presence of the capability to know if the metric is
generic or not. This is because it prevents us from setting a capability
on static statistics. Yet it could be useful to set the capability even
on static metrics, thus we add a dedicated .generic bit to tell haproxy
that the metric is generic and can be handled automatically by the API.

Also, ME_NEW_* helpers are not explicitly associated to generic metric
definition (as it was already the case before) to avoid ambiguities.
It may change in the future as we may need to use the new definition
method to define static metrics (without the generic bit set). But for
now it isn't the case as this need definition was implemented for generic
metrics support in the first place. If we want to define static metrics
using the API, we could add a new set of helpers for instance.
2025-03-20 11:37:21 +01:00
William Lallemand
2fb6270910 MEDIUM: ssl/ckch: make the ckch_conf more generic
The ckch_store_load_files() function makes specific processing for
PARSE_TYPE_STR as if it was a type only used for paths.

This patch changes a little bit the way it's done,
PARSE_TYPE_STR is only meant to strdup() a string and stores the
resulting pointer in the ckch_conf structure.

Any processing regarding the path is now done in the callback.

Since the callbacks were basically doing the same thing, they were
transformed into the DECLARE_CKCH_CONF_LOAD() macros which allows to
do some templating of these functions.

The resulting ckch_conf_load_* functions will do the same as before,
except they will also do the path processing instead of letting
ckch_store_load_files() do it, which means we don't need the "base"
member anymore in the struct ckch_conf_kws.
2025-03-19 18:08:40 +01:00
William Lallemand
b0ad777902 MINOR: tools: path_base() concatenates a path with a base path
With the SSL configuration, crt-base, key-base are often used, these
keywords concatenates the base path with the path when the path does not
start by  '/'.

This is done at several places in the code, so a function to do this
would be better to standardize the code.
2025-03-19 17:59:31 +01:00
William Lallemand
29b4b985c3 MINOR: jws: use jwt_alg type instead of a char
This patch implements the function EVP_PKEY_to_jws_algo() which returns
a jwt_alg compatible with the private key.

This value can then be passed to jws_b64_protected() and
jws_b64_signature() which modified to take an jwt_alg instead of a char.
2025-03-17 18:06:34 +01:00
William Lallemand
de67f25a7e MINOR: jws: add new functions in jws.h
Add signatures of jws_b64_payload(), jws_b64_protected(),
jws_b64_signature(), jws_flattened() which allows to create a complete
JWS flattened object.
2025-03-17 11:51:52 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
156430ceb6 MINOR: cpu-topo: add a CPU policy setting to the global section
We'll need to let the user decide what's best for their workload, and in
order to do this we'll have to provide tunable options. For that, we're
introducing struct ha_cpu_policy which contains a name, a description
and a function pointer. The purpose will be to use that function pointer
to choose the best CPUs to use and now to set the number of threads and
thread-groups, that will be called during the thread setup phase. The
only supported policy for now is "none" which doesn't set/touch anything
(i.e. all available CPUs are used).
2025-03-14 18:33:16 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
c93ee25054 MINOR: cpu-topo: add "only-node" and "drop-node" to cpu-set
These are processed after the topology is detected, and they allow to
restrict binding to or evict CPUs matching the indicated node(s).
2025-03-14 18:33:16 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
aa4776210b MINOR: cpu-topo: create an array of the clusters
The goal here is to keep an array of the known CPU clusters, because
we'll use that often to decide of the performance of a cluster and
its relevance compared to other ones. We'll store the number of CPUs
in it, the total capacity etc. For the capacity, we count one unit
per core, and 1/3 of it per extra SMT thread, since this is roughly
what has been measured on modern CPUs.

In order to ease debugging, they're also dumped with -dc.
2025-03-14 18:30:31 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
4a6eaf6c5e MINOR: cpu-topo: add a function to sort by cluster+capacity
The purpose here is to detect heterogenous clusters which are not
properly reported, based on the exposed information about the cores
capacity. The algorithm here consists in sorting CPUs by capacity
within a cluster, and considering as equal all those which have 5%
or less difference in capacity with the previous one. This allows
large clusters of more than 5% total between extremities, while
keeping apart those where the limit is more pronounced. This is
quite common in embedded environments with big.little systems, as
well as on some laptops.
2025-03-14 18:30:31 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
d169758fa9 MINOR: cpu-topo: make sure we don't leave unassigned IDs in the cpu_topo
It's important that we don't leave unassigned IDs in the topology,
because the selection mechanism is based on index-based masks, so an
unassigned ID will never be kept. This is particularly visible on
systems where we cannot access the CPU topology, the package id, node id
and even thread id are set to -1, and all CPUs are evicted due to -1 not
being set in the "only-cpu" sets.

Here in new function "cpu_fixup_topology()", we assign them with the
smallest unassigned value. This function will be used to assign IDs
where missing in general.
2025-03-14 18:30:31 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
af648c7b58 MINOR: cpu-topo: assign clusters to cores without and renumber them
Due to the previous commit we can end up with cores not assigned
any cluster ID. For this, at the end we sort the CPUs by topology
and assign cluster IDs to remaining CPUs based on pkg/node/llc.
For example an 14900 now shows 5 clusters, one for the 8 p-cores,
and 4 of 4 e-cores each.

The local cluster numbers are per (node,pkg) ID so that any rule could
easily be applied on them, but we also keep the global numbers that
will help with thread group assignment.

We still need to force to assign distinct cluster IDs to cores
running on a different L3. For example the EPYC 74F3 is reported
as having 8 different L3s (which is true) and only one cluster.

Here we introduce a new function "cpu_compose_clusters()" that is called
from the main init code just after cpu_detect_topology() so that it's
not OS-dependent. It deals with this renumbering of all clusters in
topology order, taking care of considering any distinct LLC as being
on a distinct cluster.
2025-03-14 18:30:31 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
a4471ea56d MINOR: cpu-topo: implement a CPU sorting mechanism by cluster ID
This will be used to detect and fix incorrect setups which report
the same cluster ID for multiple L3 instances.

The arrangement of functions in this file is becoming a real problem.
Maybe we should move all this to cpu_topo for example, and better
distinguish OS-specific and generic code.
2025-03-14 18:30:31 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
a8acdbd9fd MINOR: cpu-topo: implement a sorting mechanism by CPU locality
Once we've kept only the CPUs we want, the next step will be to form
groups and these ones are based on locality. Thus we'll have to sort by
locality. For now the locality is only inferred by the index. No grouping
is made at this point. For this we add the "cpu_reorder_by_locality"
function with a locality-based comparison function.
2025-03-14 18:30:31 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
18133a054d MINOR: cpu-topo: implement a sorting mechanism for CPU index
CPU selection will be performed by sorting CPUs according to
various criteria. For dumps however, that's really not convenient
and we'll need to reorder the CPUs according to their index only.
This is what the new function cpu_reorder_by_index() does. It's
called  in thread_detect_count() before dumping the CPU topology.
2025-03-14 18:30:31 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
1af4942c95 MEDIUM: thread: start to detect thread groups and threads min/max
By mutually refining the thread count and group count, we can try
to detect the most suitable setup for the current machine. Taskset
is implicitly handled correctly. tgroups automatically adapt to the
configured number of threads. cpu-map manages to limit tgroups to
the smallest supported value.

The thread-limit is enforced. Just like in cfgparse, if the thread
count was forced to a higher value, it's reduced and a warning is
emitted. But if it was not set, the thr_max value is bound to this
limit so that further calculations respect it.

We continue to default to the max number of available threads and 1
tgroup by default, with the limit. This normally allows to get rid
of that test in check_config_validity().
2025-03-14 18:30:30 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
f0661e79fe MINOR: global: add a command-line option to enable CPU binding debugging
During development, everything related to CPU binding and the CPU topology
is debugged using state dumps at various places, but it does make sense to
have a real command line option so that this remains usable in production
to help users figure why some CPUs are not used by default. Let's add
"-dc" for this. Since the list of global.tune.options values is almost
full and does not 100% match this option, let's add a new "tune.debug"
field for this.
2025-03-14 18:30:30 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
ac1db9db7d MINOR: thread: turn thread_cpu_mask_forced() into an init-time variable
The function is not convenient because it doesn't allow us to undo the
startup changes, and depending on where it's being used, we don't know
whether the values read have already been altered (this is not the case
right now but it's going to evolve).

Let's just compute the status during cpu_detect_usable() and set a
variable accordingly. This way we'll always read the init value, and
if needed we can even afford to reset it. Also, placing it in cpu_topo.c
limits cross-file dependencies (e.g. threads without affinity etc).
2025-03-14 18:30:30 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
7cb274439b MINOR: cpu-topo: add CPU topology detection for linux
This uses the publicly available information from /sys to figure the cache
and package arrangements between logical CPUs and fill ha_cpu_topo[], as
well as their SMT capabilities and relative capacity for those which expose
this. The functions clearly have to be OS-specific.
2025-03-14 18:30:30 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
8f72ce335a MINOR: cpu-topo: add detection of online CPUs on Linux
This adds a generic function ha_cpuset_detect_online() which for now
only supports linux via /sys. It fills a cpuset with the list of online
CPUs that were detected (or returns a failure).
2025-03-14 18:30:30 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
8c524c7c9d REORG: cpu-topo: move bound cpu detection from cpuset to cpu-topo
The cpuset files are normally used only for cpu manipulations. It happens
that the initial CPU binding detection was initially placed there since
there was no better place, but in practice, being OS-specific, it should
really be in cpu-topo. This simplifies cpuset which doesn't need to know
about the OS anymore.
2025-03-14 18:30:30 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
a6fdc3eaf0 MINOR: cpu-topo: update CPU topology from excluded CPUs at boot
Now before trying to resolve the thread assignment to groups, we detect
which CPUs are not bound at boot so that we can mark them with
HA_CPU_F_EXCLUDED. This will be useful to better know on which CPUs we
can count later. Note that we purposely ignore cpu-map here as we
don't know how threads and groups will map to cpu-map entries, hence
which CPUs will really be used.

It's important to proceed this way so that when we have no info we
assume they're all available.
2025-03-14 18:30:30 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
bdb731172c MINOR: cpu-topo: add a function to dump CPU topology
The new function cpu_dump_topology() will centralize most debugging
calls, and it can make efforts of not dumping some possibly irrelevant
fields (e.g. non-existing cache levels).
2025-03-14 18:30:30 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
041462c4af MINOR: cpu-topo: rely on _SC_NPROCESSORS_CONF to trim maxcpus
We don't want to constantly deal with as many CPUs as a cpuset can hold,
so let's first try to trim the value to what the system claims to support
via _SC_NPROCESSORS_CONF. It is obviously still subject to the limit of
the cpuset size though. The value is stored globally so that we can
reuse it elsewhere after initialization.
2025-03-14 18:30:30 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
656cedad42 MINOR: cpu-topo: allocate and initialize the ha_cpu_topo array.
This does the bare minimum to allocate and initialize a global
ha_cpu_topo array for the number of supported CPUs and release
it at deinit time.
2025-03-14 18:30:30 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
d165f5d3ab MINOR: cpu-topo: add ha_cpu_topo definition
This structure will be used to store information about each CPU's
topology (package ID, L3 cache ID, NUMA node ID etc). This will be used
in conjunction with CPU affinity setting to try to perform a mostly
optimal binding between threads and CPU numbers by default. Since it
was noticed during tests that absolutely none of the many machines
tested reports different die numbers, the die_id is not stored.
Also, it was found along experiments that the cluster ID will be used
a lot, half of the time as a node-local identifier, and half of the
time as a global identifier. So let's store the two versions at once
(cl_gid, cl_lid).

Some flags are added to indicate causes of exclusion (offline, excluded
at boot, excluded by rules, ignored by policy).
2025-03-14 18:30:30 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
69ac4cd315 MINOR: compiler: add a new __decl_thread_var() macro to declare local variables
__decl_thread() already exists but is more suited for struct members.
When using it in a variables block, it appends the final trailing
semi-colon which is a statement that ends the variable block. Better
clean this up and have one precisely for variable blocks. In this
case we can simply define an unused enum value that will consume the
semi-colon. That's what the new macro __decl_thread_var() does.
2025-03-12 18:08:12 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
bb4addabb7 MINOR: compiler: add a simple macro to concatenate resolved strings
It's often useful to be able to concatenate strings after resolving
them (e.g. __FILE__, __LINE__ etc). Let's just have a CONCAT() macro
to do that, which calls _CONCAT() with the same arguments to make
sure the contents are resolved before being concatenated.
2025-03-12 18:06:55 +01:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
003fe530ae MINOR: log: add "option host" log-forward option
add only the parsing part, options are currently unused
2025-03-12 10:51:35 +01:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
47f14be9f3 MINOR: tools: only print address in sa2str() when port == -1
Support special value for port in sa2str: if port is equal to -1, only
print the address without the port, also ignoring <map_ports> value.
2025-03-12 10:51:20 +01:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
bc76f6dde9 MINOR: log: migrate log-forward options from proxy->options2 to options3
Migrate recently added log-forward section options, currently stored under
proxy->options2 to proxy->options3 since proxy->options2 is running out of
space and we plan on adding more log-forward options.
2025-03-12 10:50:03 +01:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
cc5a66212d MINOR: proxy: add proxy->options3
proxy->options2 is almost full, yet we will add new log-forward options
in upcoming patches so we anticipate that by adding a new {no_}options3
and cfg_opts3[] to further extend proxy options
2025-03-12 10:49:36 +01:00
Amaury Denoyelle
dc7913d814 MAJOR: mux-quic: increase stream flow-control for multi-buffer alloc
Support for multiple Rx buffers per QCS instance has been introduced by
previous patches. However, due to flow-control initial values, client
were still unable to fully used this to increase their upload
throughput.

This patch increases max-stream-data-bidi-remote flow-control initial
values. A new define QMUX_STREAM_RX_BUF_FACTOR will fix the number of
concurrent buffers allocable per QCS. It is set to 90.

Note that connection flow-control initial value did not changed. It is
still configured to be equivalent to bufsize multiplied by the maximum
concurrent streams. This ensures that Rx buffers allocation is still
constrained per connection, so that it won't be possible to have all
active QCS instances using in parallel their maximum Rx buffers count.
2025-03-07 12:06:27 +01:00
Amaury Denoyelle
a4f31ffeeb MINOR: mux-quic: store QCS Rx buf in a single-entry tree
Convert QCS rx buffer pointer to a tree container. Additionnaly, offset
field of qc_stream_rxbuf is thus transformed into a node tree.

For now, only a single Rx buffer is stored at most in QCS tree. Multiple
Rx buffers will be implemented in a future patch to improve QUIC clients
upload throughput.
2025-03-07 12:06:26 +01:00
Amaury Denoyelle
cc3c2d1f12 MINOR: mux-quic: define rxbuf wrapper
Define a new type qc_stream_rxbuf. This is used as a wrapper around QCS
Rx buffer with encapsulation of the ncbuf storage. It is allocated via a
new pool. Several functions are adapted to be able to deal with
qc_stream_rxbuf as a wrapper instead of the previous plain ncbuf
instance.

No functional change should happen with this patch. For now, only a
single qc_stream_rxbuf can be instantiated per QCS. However, this new
type will be useful to implement multiple Rx buffer storage in a future
commit.
2025-03-07 12:06:26 +01:00
Amaury Denoyelle
4b1e63d191 MINOR: mux-quic: define globally stream rxbuf size
QCS uses ncbuf for STREAM data storage. This serves as a limit for
maximum STREAM buffering capacity, advertised via QUIC transport
parameters for initial flow-control values.

Define a new function qmux_stream_rx_bufsz() which can be used to
retrieve this Rx buffer size. This can be used both in MUX/H3 layers and
in QUIC transport parameters.
2025-03-07 12:06:26 +01:00
Amaury Denoyelle
861b11334c MINOR: h3/hq-interop: restore function for standalone FIN receive
Previously, a function qcs_http_handle_standalone_fin() was implemented
to handle a received standalone FIN, bypassing app_ops layer decoding.
However, this was removed as app_ops layer interaction is necessary. For
example, HTTP/3 checks that FIN is never sent on the control uni stream.

This patch reintroduces qcs_http_handle_standalone_fin(), albeit in a
slightly diminished version. Most importantly, it is now the
responsibility of the app_ops layer itself to use it, to avoid the
shortcoming described above.

The main objective of this patch is to be able to support standalone FIN
in HTTP/0.9 layer. This is easily done via the reintroduction of
qcs_http_handle_standalone_fin() usage. This will be useful to perform
testing, as standalone FIN is a corner case which can easily be broken.
2025-03-07 12:06:26 +01:00
Valentine Krasnobaeva
e900ef987e BUG/MEIDUM: startup: return to initial cwd only after check_config_validity()
In check_config_validity() we evaluate some sample fetch expressions
(log-format, server rules, etc). These expressions may use external files like
maps.

If some particular 'default-path' was set in the global section before, it's no
longer applied to resolve file pathes in check_config_validity(). parse_cfg()
at the end of config parsing switches back to the initial cwd.

This fixes the issue #2886.

This patch should be backported in all stable versions since 2.4.0, including
2.4.0.
2025-03-06 10:49:48 +01:00
Roberto Moreda
f98b5c4f59 MINOR: log: add dont-parse-log and assume-rfc6587-ntf options
This commit introduces the dont-parse-log option to disable log message
parsing, allowing raw log data to be forwarded without modification.

Also, it adds the assume-rfc6587-ntf option to frame log messages
using only non-transparent framing as per RFC 6587. This avoids
missparsing in certain cases (mainly with non RFC compliant messages).

The documentation is updated to include details on the new options and
their intended use cases.

This feature was discussed in GH #2856
2025-03-06 09:30:39 +01:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
0746f6bde0 MINOR: cfgparse-listen: add and use cfg_parse_listen_match_option() helper
cfg_parse_listen_match_option() takes cfg_opt array as parameter, as well
current args, expected mode and cap bitfields.

It is expected to be used under cfg_parse_listen() function or similar.
Its goal is to remove code duplication around proxy->options and
proxy->options2 handling, since the same checks are performed for the
two. Also, this function could help to evaluate proxy options for
mode-specific proxies such as log-forward section for instance:
by giving the expected mode and capatiblity as input, the function
would only match compatible options.
2025-03-06 09:30:18 +01:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
d9aa199100 MINOR: proxy: make pr_mode enum bitfield compatible
Current pr_mode enum is a regular enum because a proxy only supports one
mode at a time. However it can be handy for a function to be given a
list of compatible modes for a proxy, and we can't do that using a
bitfield because pr_mode is not bitfield compatible (values share
the same bits).

In this patch we manually define pr_mode values so that they are all
using separate bits and allows a function to take a bitfield of
compatible modes as parameter.
2025-03-06 09:30:11 +01:00
Olivier Houchard
335ef3264b DEBUG: init: Add a macro to register unit tests
Add a new macro, REGISTER_UNITTEST(), that will automatically make sure
we call hap_register_unittest(), instead of having to create a function
that will do so.
2025-03-04 18:18:10 +01:00
William Lallemand
a647839954 DEBUG: init: add a way to register functions for unit tests
Doing unit tests with haproxy was always a bit difficult, some of the
function you want to test would depend on the buffer or trash buffer
initialisation of HAProxy, so building a separate main() for them is
quite hard.

This patch adds a way to register a function that can be called with the
"-U" parameter on the command line, will be executed just after
step_init_1() and will exit the process with its return value as an exit
code.

When using the -U option, every keywords after this option is passed to
the callback and could be used as a parameter, letting the capability to
handle complex arguments if required by the test.

HAProxy need to be built with DEBUG_UNIT to activate this feature.
2025-03-03 12:43:32 +01:00
William Lallemand
4dc0ba233e MINOR: jws: implement a JWK public key converter
Implement a converter which takes an EVP_PKEY and converts it to a
public JWK key. This is the first step of the JWS implementation.

It supports both EC and RSA keys.

Know to work with:

- LibreSSL
- AWS-LC
- OpenSSL > 1.1.1
2025-03-03 12:43:32 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
730641f7ca BUG/MINOR: server: check for either proxy-protocol v1 or v2 to send hedaer
As reported in issue #2882, using "no-send-proxy-v2" on a server line does
not properly disable the use of proxy-protocol if it was enabled in a
default-server directive in combination with other PP options. The reason
for this is that the sending of a proxy header is determined by a test on
srv->pp_opts without any distinction, so disabling PPv2 while leaving other
options results in a PPv1 header to be sent.

Let's fix this by explicitly testing for the presence of either send-proxy
or send-proxy-v2 when deciding to send a proxy header.

This can be backported to all versions. Thanks to Andre Sencioles (@asenci)
for reporting the issue and testing the fix.
2025-03-03 04:05:47 +01:00
Olivier Houchard
706b008429 MEDIUM: servers: Add strict-maxconn.
Maxconn is a bit of a misnomer when it comes to servers, as it doesn't
control the maximum number of connections we establish to a server, but
the maximum number of simultaneous requests. So add "strict-maxconn",
that will make it so we will never establish more connections than
maxconn.
It extends the meaning of the "restricted" setting of
tune.takeover-other-tg-connections, as it will also attempt to get idle
connections from other thread groups if strict-maxconn is set.
2025-02-26 13:00:18 +01:00
Olivier Houchard
8de8ed4f48 MEDIUM: connections: Allow taking over connections from other tgroups.
Allow haproxy to take over idle connections from other thread groups
than our own. To control that, add a new tunable,
tune.takeover-other-tg-connections. It can have 3 values, "none", where
we won't attempt to get connections from the other thread group (the
default), "restricted", where we only will try to get idle connections
from other thread groups when we're using reverse HTTP, and "full",
where we always try to get connections from other thread groups.
Unless there is a special need, it is advised to use "none" (or
restricted if we're using reverse HTTP) as using connections from other
thread groups may have a performance impact.
2025-02-26 13:00:18 +01:00
Olivier Houchard
c36aae2af1 MINOR: pollers: Add a fixup_tgid_takeover() method.
Add a fixup_tgid_takeover() method to pollers for which it makes sense
(epoll, kqueue and evport). That method can be called after a takeover
of a fd from a different thread group, to make sure the poller's
internal structure reflects the new state.
2025-02-26 13:00:18 +01:00
Olivier Houchard
c5cc09c00d MINOR: fd: Add fd_lock_tgid_cur().
Add fd_lock_tgid_cur(), a function that will lock the tgid, without
modifying its value.
2025-02-26 13:00:18 +01:00
Olivier Houchard
52b97ff8dd MEDIUM: fd: Wait if locked in fd_grab_tgid() and fd_take_tgid().
Wait while the tgid is locked in fd_grab_tgid() and fd_take_tgid().
As that lock is barely used, it should have no impact.
2025-02-26 13:00:18 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
fb7874c286 MINOR: tinfo: split the signal handler report flags into 3
While signals are not recursive, one signal (e.g. wdt) may interrupt
another one (e.g. debug). The problem this causes is that when leaving
the inner handler, it removes the outer's flag, hence the protection
that comes with it. Let's just have 3 distinct flags for regular signals,
debug signal and watchdog signal. We add a 4th definition which is an
aggregate of the 3 to ease testing.
2025-02-24 13:37:52 +01:00
Vincent Dechenaux
9011b3621b MINOR: compression: Introduce minimum size
This is the introduction of "minsize-req" and "minsize-res".
These two options allow you to set the minimum payload size required for
compression to be applied.
This helps save CPU on both server and client sides when the payload does
not need to be compressed.
2025-02-22 11:32:40 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
29e246a84c MINOR: freq_ctr: provide non-blocking read functions
Some code called by the debug handlers in the context of a signal handler
accesses to some freq_ctr and occasionally ends up on a locked one from
the same thread that is dumping it. Let's introduce a non-blocking version
that at least allows to return even if the value is in the process of being
updated, it's less problematic than hanging.
2025-02-21 18:26:29 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
ddd173355c MINOR: tinfo: add a new thread flag to indicate a call from a sig handler
Signal handlers must absolutely not change anything, but some long and
complex call chains may look innocuous at first glance, yet result in
some subtle write accesses (e.g. pools) that can conflict with a running
thread being interrupted.

Let's add a new thread flag TH_FL_IN_SIG_HANDLER that is only set when
entering a signal handler and cleared when leaving them. Note, we're
speaking about real signal handlers (synchronous ones), not deferred
ones. This will allow some sensitive call places to act differently
when detecting such a condition, and possibly even to place a few new
BUG_ON().
2025-02-21 17:41:38 +01:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
9561b9fb69 BUG/MINOR: sink: add tempo between 2 connection attempts for sft servers
When the connection for sink_forward_{oc}_applet fails or a previous one
is destroyed, the sft->appctx is instantly released.

However process_sink_forward_task(), which may run at any time, iterates
over all known sfts and tries to create sessions for orphan ones.

It means that instantly after sft->appctx is destroyed, a new one will
be created, thus a new connection attempt will be made.

It can be an issue with tcp log-servers or sink servers, because if the
server is unavailable, process_sink_forward() will keep looping without
any temporisation until the applet survives (ie: connection succeeds),
which results in unexpected CPU usage on the threads responsible for
that task.

Instead, we add a tempo logic so that a delay of 1second is applied
between two retries. Of course the initial attempt is not delayed.

This could be backported to all stable versions.
2025-02-21 11:22:35 +01:00
Christopher Faulet
851e52b551 BUG/MEDIUM: spoe/mux-spop: Introduce an NOOP action to deal with empty ACK
In the SPOP protocol, ACK frame with empty payload are allowed. However, in
that case, because only the payload is transferred, there is no data to
return to the SPOE applet. Only the end of input is reported. Thus the
applet is never woken up. It means that the SPOE filter will be blocked
during the processing timeout and will finally return an error.

To workaournd this issue, a NOOP action is introduced with the value 0. It
is only an internal action for now. It does not exist in the SPOP
protocol. When an ACK frame with an empy payload is received, this noop
action is transferred to the SPOE applet, instead of nothing. Thanks to this
trick, the applet is properly notified. This works because unknown actions
are ignored by the SPOE filter.

This patch must be backported to 3.1.
2025-02-20 11:56:27 +01:00
Amaury Denoyelle
06e7674399 MINOR: mux-quic/h3: emit SETTINGS via MUX tasklet handler
Previously, QUIC MUX application layer was installed and initialized via
MUX init. However, the latter stage involve I/O operations, for example
when using HTTP/3 with the emission of a SETTINGS frame.

Change this to prevent any I/O operations during MUX init. As such,
finalize app_ops callback is now called during the first invokation of
qcc_io_send(), in the context of MUX tasklet. To implement this, a new
application state value is added, to detect the transition from NULL to
INIT stage.
2025-02-19 11:03:40 +01:00
Amaury Denoyelle
188fc45b95 MINOR: mux-quic: define a QCC application state member
Introduce a new QCC field to track the current application layer state.
For the moment, only INIT and SHUT state are defined. This allows to
replace the older flag QC_CF_APP_SHUT.

This commit does not bring major changes. It is only necessary to permit
future evolutions on QUIC MUX. The only noticeable change is that QMUX
traces can now display this new field.
2025-02-19 10:59:53 +01:00
William Lallemand
69163cd63e MINOR: ssl/crtlist: split the ckch_conf loading from the crtlist line parsing
ckch_conf loading is not that simple as it requires to check
- if the cert already exists in the ckchs_tree
- if the ckch_conf is compatible with an existing cert in ckchs_tree
- if the cert is a bundle which need to load multiple ckch_store

This logic could be reuse elsewhere, so this commit introduce the new
crtlist_load_crt() function which does that.
2025-02-17 18:26:37 +01:00
Amaury Denoyelle
32691e7c25 MINOR: quic: support frame type as a varint
QUIC frame type is encoded as a variable-length integer. Thus, 64-bit
integer should be used for them. Currently, this was not the case as
type was represented as a 1-byte char inside quic_frame structure. This
does not cause any issue with QUIC from RFC9000, as all frame types fit
in this range. Furthermore, a QUIC implementation is required to use the
smallest size varint when encoding a frame type.

However, the current code is unable to accept QUIC extension with bigger
frame types. This is notably the case for quic-on-streams draft. Thus,
this commit readjusts quic_frame architecture to be able to support
higher frame type values.

First, type field of quic_frame is changed to a 64-bits variable. Both
encoding and decoding frame functions uses variable-length integer
helpers to manipulate the frame type field.

Secondly, the quic_frame builders/parsers infrastructure is still
preserved. However, it could be impossible to define new large frame
type as an index into quic_frame_builders / quic_frame_parsers arrays.
Thus, wrapper functions are now provided to access the builders and
parsers. Both qf_builder() and qf_parser() wrappers can then be extended
to return custom builder/parser instances for larger frame type.

Finally, unknown frame type detection also uses the new wrapper
quic_frame_is_known(). As with builders/parsers, for large frame type,
this function must be manually completed to support a new type value.
2025-02-14 09:00:05 +01:00
William Lallemand
7034f2ca48 MINOR: ssl: store the filenames resulting from a lookup in ckch_conf
With this patch, files resulting from a lookup (*.key, *.ocsp,
*.issuer etc) are now stored in the ckch_conf.

It allows to see the original filename from where it was loaded in "show
ssl cert <filename>"
2025-02-13 17:44:00 +01:00
Amaury Denoyelle
f96af8e463 MINOR: quic: refactor STREAM encoding and splitting
CRYPTO and STREAM frames encoding is similar. If payload is too large,
frame will be splitted and only the first payload part will be written
in the output QUIC packet. This process is complexified by the presence
of a variable-length integer Length field prior to the payload.

This commit aims at refactor these operations. Define two functions to
simplify the code :
* quic_strm_frm_fillbuf() which is used to calculate the optimal frame
  length of a STREAM/CRYPTO frame with its payload in a buffer
* quic_strm_frm_split() which is used to split the frame payload if
  buffer is too small

With this patch, both functions are now implemented for STREAM encoding.
2025-02-12 15:10:03 +01:00
William Lallemand
4de86bbbfc MEDIUM: initcall: allow to register mutiple post_section_parser per section
Before this patch, REGISTER_CONFIG_SECTION() allowed to register one and only
one callback (<post>) called after the parsing of a section.

It was limitating because you couldn't register a post callback from anywhere
else in the code.

This patch introduces the new REGISTER_CONFIG_SECTION_POST() macros which allows
to register a new post callback for a section keyword from anywhere.

This patch introduces the feature by allowing `struct cfg_section` entries that
does not have a `section_parser`, and then iterating on all cfg_section with a
post_section_parser for a keyword.
2025-02-12 12:52:41 +01:00
Amaury Denoyelle
731340afbd MINOR: quic: simplify length calculation for STREAM/CRYPTO frames
STREAM and CRYPTO frames have a similar encoding format. In particular,
both of them have a variable-length integer Length field just before the
frame payload.

It is complex to determine the optimal Length value before copying the
payload data in the remaining buffer space. As such, helper functions
were implemented to calculate this. However, CRYPTO and STREAM frames
encoding implementation were not completely aligned, which renders the
code harder to follow.

The purpose of this commit is to simplify CRYPTO and STREAM frames
encoding. First, a new helper quic_int_cap_length() is defined which is
useful to determine the optimal buffer room available if prefixed by a
variable-length integer as Length field. Then, processing of both CRYPTO
and STREAM frames is now nearly identical, based on this new helper
function. Functions max_available_room() and max_stream_data_size() are
now unused and are removed.
2025-02-12 11:51:09 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
b6a8318cc2 MEDIUM: server: allocate a tasklet for asyncronous requeuing
This creates a tasklet that only expects to be called when the LB
algorithm is under contention when trying to reposition the server
in its tree. Indeed, that's one of the operations that usually
requires to take a write lock on a highly contended area, often
for very little benefits under contention; indeed, under load, if
a server keeps its previous position for a few extra microseconds,
usually there's no harm. Thus this new tasklet can be woken up by
the LB algo to ask the server to later call lbprm.server_requeue().
It does nothing else.
2025-02-11 17:24:09 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
20b8c4ddba MINOR: lbprm: add a new callback ->server_requeue to the lbprm
This callback will be used to reposition a server to its expected
position regardless of the fact that it was taken or dropped. It
will only be used by supporting LB algos. For now, only fwlc defines
it and assigns it to fwlc_srv_reposition(). At the moment it's not
used yet.
2025-02-11 17:16:14 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
eced1d6d8a DEBUG: thread: reduce the struct lock_stat to store only 30 buckets
Storing only 30 buckets means we only keep 256 bytes per label. This
further simplifies address calculation and reduces the memory used
without complicating the locking code. It means we won't measure wait
times larger than a second but we're not supposed to face this as it
would trigger the watchdog anyway. It may become a little bit just if
measuring using rdtsc() instead of now_mono_time() though (typically
the limit would be around 350ms for a 3 GHz CPU).
2025-02-10 18:34:43 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
c2f2d6fd3c DEBUG: thread: make lock_stat per operation instead of for all operations
It's more convenient (and more readable) to have the lock stats arranged
by operation type (read, seek, write). It will also allow to later simplify
the structure format and the bucket address calculation. Now lock_stat[]
got split into lock_stats_rd[], lock_stats_sk[], lock_stats_wr[].
2025-02-10 18:34:43 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
4168d1278c DEBUG: thread: don't keep the redundant _locked counter
Now that we have our sums by bucket, the _locked counter is redundant
since it's always equal to the sum of all entries. Let's just get rid
of it and replace its consumption with a loop over all buckets, this
will reduce the overhead of taking each lock at the expense of a tiny
extra effort when dumping all locks, which we don't care about.
2025-02-10 18:34:43 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
a22550fbd7 DEBUG: thread: report the wait time buckets for lock classes
In addition to the total/average wait time, we now also store the
wait time in 2^N buckets. There are 32 buckets for each type (read,
seek, write), allowing to store wait times from 1-2ns to 2.1-4.3s,
which is quite sufficient, even if we'd want to switch from NS to
CPU cycles in the future. The counters are only reported for non-
zero buckets so as not to visually pollute the output.

This significantly inflates the lock_stat struct, which is now
aligned to 256 bytes and rounded up to 1kB. But that's not really
a problem, given that there's only one per lock label.
2025-02-10 18:34:43 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
7ddcdff33f BUG/MEDIUM: debug: close a possible race between thread dump and panic()
The rework of the thread dumping mechanism in 2.8 with commit 9a6ecbd590
("MEDIUM: debug: simplify the thread dump mechanism") opened a small
race, which is that a thread in the process of dumping other ones may
block the other one from panicing while it's looping at the end of
ha_thread_dump_fill(), or any other sequence involving the currently
dumped one.

This was emphasized in 3.1 with commit 148eb5875f ("DEBUG: wdt: better
detect apparently locked up threads and warn about them") that allowed
to emit warnings about long-stuck threads, because in this case, what
happens is that sometimes a thread starts to emit a warning (or a set
of warnings), and while the warning is being awaited for, a panic
finally happens and interrupts either the dumping thread, which never
finishes and waits for the target's pointer to become NULL which will
never happen since it was supposed to do it itself, or the currently
dumped thread which could wait for the dumping thread to become ready
while this one has not released the former.

In order to address this, first we now make sure never to dump a thread
that is already in the process of dumping another one. We're adding a
new thread flag to know this situation, that is set in ha_thread_dump_fill()
and cleared in ha_thread_dump_done(). And similarly, we don't trigger
the watchdog on a thread waiting for another one to finish its dump,
as it's likely a case of warning (and maybe even a panic) that makes
them wait for each other and we don't want such cases to be reentrant.
Finally, we check in the main polling loop that the flag never accidentally
leaked (e.g. wrong flag manipulation) as this would be difficult to spot
with bad consequences.

This should be backported at least to 2.8, and should resolve github
issue #2860. Thanks to Chris Staite for the very informative backtrace
that exhibited the problem.
2025-02-10 18:34:26 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
ae540e3d9c Revert "IMPORT: plock: export the uninlined version of the lock wait function"
This reverts commit 5496d06b2b.

It breaks the build on Windows which apparently doesn't support the weak
attribute well on functions. It's not big deal anyway, playing with build
options while debugging still works though it's less easy to use.
2025-02-07 19:51:15 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
b957e2f3ef IMPORT: plock: use cpu_relax() for a shorter time in EBO
Tests have shown that on modern CPUs it's interesting to wait a bit less
in cpu_relax(). Till now we were looping down to 60 iterations and then
switching to just barriers. Increasing the threshold to 90 iterations
left before getting out of the loop improved the average and max time
to grab a write lock by a few percent (e.g. 10% at 1us, 20% at 256ns
or lower). Higher values tend to progressively lose that gain so let's
stick to this one. This was measured on an EPYC 74F3 like previous
measurements that initially led to this value, and the value might
possibly depend on the mask applied to the loop counter.

This is plock commit 74ca0a7307fa6aec3139f27d3b7e534e1bdb748e.
2025-02-07 18:04:29 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
253fba01a7 IMPORT: plock: lower the slope of the exponential back-off
Along many tests involving both haproxy's scheduler and forwarded
traffic, various exponents and algorithms were attempted for the EBO
and their effects were measured. It was found that a growth in 1.25^N
limited to 128k cycles consistently gives a better latency than 1.5^N
limited to 256k cycles, without degrading general performance. The
measures of the time to grab a write lock on a 48-thread EPYC show
that the number of occurrences of low times was roughly multiplied by
2-3 while the number of occurrences of times above 64us was reduced
by similar factors, to even reach 300 at 64us and limiting the maximum
time by a factor of 4.

The other variants that were experimented with are:

  m = ((m + (m >> 1)) + 2) & 0x3ffff;            // original
  m = ((m + (m >> 1) + (m >> 3)) + 2) & 0x3ffff;
  m = ((m + (m >> 1) + (m >> 4)) + 2) & 0x3ffff;
  m = ((m + (m >> 1) + (m >> 4)) + 2) & 0x1ffff;
  m = ((m + (m >> 1) + (m >> 4)) + 1) & 0x1ffff;
  m = ((m + (m >> 2) + (m >> 4)) + 1) & 0x1ffff; // lowest CPU on pl_wr test + good perf
  m = ((m + (m >> 2)) + 1) & 0x1ffff;            // even lower cpu usage, lowest max
  m = ((m + (m >> 1) + (m >> 2)) + 1) & 0x1ffff; // correct but slightly higher maxes
  m = ((m + (m >> 1) + (m >> 3)) + 1) & 0x1ffff; // less good than m+m>>2
  m = ((m + (m >> 2) + (m >> 3)) + 1) & 0x1ffff; // better but not as good as m+m>>2
  m = ((m + (m >> 3) + (m >> 4)) + 1) & 0x1ffff; // less good, lower rates on small coounts.
  m = ((m + (m >> 2) + (m >> 3) + (m >> 4)) + 1) & 0x1ffff; // less good as well
  m = ((m & 0x7fff) + (m >> 1) + (m >> 4)) + 2;
  m = ((m & 0xffff) + (m >> 1) + (m >> 4)) + 2;

This is plock commit dddd9ee01c522da33c353e2e4d4fd743d8336ec3.
2025-02-07 18:04:29 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
9dd56da730 IMPORT: plock: give higher precedence to W than S
It was noticed in haproxy that in certain extreme cases, a write lock
subject to EBO may fail for a very long time in front of a large set
of readers constantly trying to upgrade to the S state. The reason is
that among many readers, one will succeed in its upgrade, and this
situation can last for a very long time with many readers upgrading
in turn, while the writer waits longer and longer before trying again.

Here we're taking a reasonable approach which is that the write lock
should have a higher precedence in its attempt to grab the lock. What
is done is that instead of fully rolling back in case of conflict with
a pure S lock, the writer will only release its read part in order to
let the S upgrade to W if needed, and finish its operations. This
guarantees no other seek/read/write can enter. Once the conflict is
resolved, the writer grabs the read part again and waits for readers
to be gone (in practice it could even return without waiting since we
know that any possible wanderers would leave or even not be there at
all, but it avoids a complicated loop code that wouldn't improve the
practical situation but inflate the code).

Thanks to this change, the maximum write lock latency on a 48 threads
AMD with aheavily loaded scheduler went down from 256 to 64 ms, and the
number of occurrences of 32ms or more was divided by 300, while all
occurrences of 1ms or less were multiplied by up to 3 (3 for the 4-16ns
cases).

This is plock commit b6a28366d156812f59c91346edc2eab6374a5ebd.
2025-02-07 18:04:29 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
5496d06b2b IMPORT: plock: export the uninlined version of the lock wait function
The inlining of the lock waiting function was made more easily
configurable with commit 7505c2e ("plock: always expose the inline
version of the lock wait function"). However, the standard one remained
static, but in order to resolve the symbols in "perf top", it's much
better to export it, so let's move "static" with "inline" and leave it
exported when PLOCK_INLINE_EBO is not set.

This is plock commit 3bea7812ec705b9339bbb0ed482a2cd8aa6c185c.
2025-02-07 18:04:29 +01:00
Christopher Faulet
eb4e517489 CLEANUP: mux-spop: Remove useless comments
Just a small cleanup to remove some comments added during the development of
the mux.
2025-02-06 11:19:32 +01:00
Christopher Faulet
d16c534511 MINOR: mux-spop: Report EOI on the SE when a ACK is received for a stream
The spop stream now reports the end of input when the ACK is transferred to
the SPOE applet. To do so, the flag SPOP_SF_ACK_RCVD was added. It is set on
the SPOP stream when its ACK is received by the SPOP connection.

In addition when SPOP stream flags are propagated to the SE, the error is
now reported if end of input was not reached instead of testing the
connection error code. It is more accurate.

This patch should be backported to 3.1.
2025-02-06 11:19:32 +01:00
Frederic Lecaille
85cb1cc7f4 BUILD: ssl: remove a boringssl definition defined by recent boringssl libs
This is the case for AWS-LC which derives from boringssl, where
X509_OBJECT_get0_X509_CRL() is already defined. There is definitively
no more need to define this function to build haproxy against TLS libs derived
from boringssl.
2025-02-06 10:48:25 +01:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
0846638f7f MEDIUM: stream: interrupt costly rulesets after too many evaluations
It is not rare to see configurations with a large number of "tcp-request
content" or "http-request" rules for instance. A large number of rules
combined with cpu-demanding actions (e.g.: actions that work on content)
may create thread contention as all the rules from a given ruleset are
evaluated under the same polling loop if the evaluation is not interrupted

Thus, in this patch we add extra logic around "tcp-request content",
"tcp-response content", "http-request" and "http-response" rulesets, so
that when a certain number of rules are evaluated under the single polling
loop, we force the evaluating function to yield. As such, the rule which
was about to be evaluated is saved, and the function starts evaluating
rules from the save pointer when it returns (in the next polling loop).

We use task_wakeup(task, TASK_WOKEN_MSG) to explicitly wake the task so
that no time is wasted and the processing is resumed ASAP. TASK_WOKEN_MSG
is mandatory here because process_stream() expects TASK_WOKEN_MSG for
explicit analyzers re-evaluation.

rules_bcount stream's attribute was added to count how manu rules were
evaluated since last interruption (yield). Also, SF_RULE_FYIELD flag
was added to know that the s->current_rule was assigned due to forced
yield and not regular yield.

By default haproxy will enforce a yield every 50 rules, this behavior
can be configured using the "tune.max-rules-at-once" global keyword.

There is a limitation though: for now, if the ACT_OPT_FINAL flag is set
on act_opts, we consider it is not safe to yield (as it is already the
case for automatic yield). In this case instead of yielding an taking
the risk of not being called back, we skip the yield and hope it will
not create contention. This is something we should ideally try to
improve in order to yield in all conditions.
2025-02-03 17:09:48 +01:00
Christopher Faulet
5f927f603a BUG/MEDIUM: mux-fcgi: Properly handle read0 on partial records
A Read0 event could be ignored by the FCGI multiplexer if it is blocked on a
partial record. Instead of handling the event, it remained blocked, waiting
for the end of the record.

To fix the issue, the same solution than the H2 multiplexer is used. Two
flags are introduced. The first one, FCGI_CF_END_REACHED, is used to
acknowledge a read0. This flag is set when a read0 was received AND the FCGI
multiplexer must handle it. The second one, FCGI_CF_DEM_SHORT_READ, is set
when the demux is interrupted on a partial record. A short read and a read0
lead to set the FCGI_CF_END_REACHED flag.

With these changes, the FCGI mux should be able to properly handle read0 on
partial records.

This patch should be backported to all stable versions after a period of
observation.
2025-02-03 07:49:50 +01:00
Christopher Faulet
71320fc9c1 MINOR: tevt/connection: Add support for POLL_HUP/POLL_ERR events
Connection errors can be detected via connect/recv/send syscall, but also
because it was reported by the poller. So dedicated events, at the FD level,
are introduced to make the difference.

term_events tool was updated accordingly.
2025-01-31 10:41:50 +01:00
Christopher Faulet
990854ee0d REORG: tevt/connection: Move enums at the end of the header file
Enums used to report events were placed in the connection header for
conveniance. But it is not specifically related to connection. So, they are
moved at the end of the file to have a better isolation.
2025-01-31 10:41:50 +01:00
Christopher Faulet
487d6b09f1 MINOR: tevt: Improve function to convert a termination events log to string
The function is now responsible to handle empty log because no event was
reported. In that case, an empty string is returned. It is also responsible to
handle case where termination events log is not supported for an given entity
(for instance the quic mux for now). In that case, a dash ("-") is returned.
2025-01-31 10:41:50 +01:00
Christopher Faulet
cbd898c42b MINOR: tevt: Don't duplicate termination event during reporting
It is hard to never detect the same event several time without painful
tests. In other words, the same termination event can be reported several
time and this must be handled. To do so, "tevt_report_event" macro is
updated to ignore an event if the last reported one is of the same type, for
the same location. Of course, if the same event is reported several times at
different moment, it will not be detected.
2025-01-31 10:41:50 +01:00
Christopher Faulet
2dc02f75b1 MEDIUM: tevt/stconn/stream: Add dedicated termination events for stream location
If it is the last patch to introduce dedicated termination events for each
location. In this one, events for the stream location are introcued. The old
enum is also removed because it is now unused.

Here, more accurate evets are added. The "intercepted" event was splitted.
2025-01-31 10:41:50 +01:00
Christopher Faulet
a58e650ad1 MEDIUM: tevt/muxes: Add dedicated termination events for muxc/se locations
Termination events dedicated to mux connection and stream-endpoint
descriptors are added in this patch. Specific events to these locations are
thus added. Changes for the H1 and H2 multiplexers are reviewed to be more
accurate.
2025-01-31 10:41:50 +01:00
Christopher Faulet
f2778ccc7d MINOR: tevt/connection: Add dedicated termination events for lower locations
To be able to add more accurate termination events for each location, the
enum will be splitted by location. Indeed, there are at most 16 possbile
events. It will be pretty confusing to use same termination events for the
different locations. So the best is to split them.

In this patch, the termination events for the fd, hs and xprt locations are
introduced. For now some holes are added to keep similar events aligned
across enums. But this may change in future.
2025-01-31 10:41:50 +01:00
Christopher Faulet
a4c281a190 MINOR: tevt/muxes: Add CTL and SCTL command to get the termination event logs
MUX_CTL_TEVTS command is added to get the termination event logs of a mux
connection and MUX_SCTL_TEVTS command to get the termination event logs of a
mux stream.
2025-01-31 10:41:50 +01:00
Christopher Faulet
00a07c8b54 MINOR: tevt/stream/stconn: Report termination events for stream and sc
In this patch, events for the stream location are reported. These events are
first reported on the corresponding stream-connector. So front events on scf
and back event on scb. Then all events are both merged in the stream. But
only 4 events are saved on the stream.

Several internal events are for now grouped with the type
"tevt_type_intercepted". More events will be added to have a better
resolution. But at least the place to report these events are identified.

For now, when a event is reported on a SC, it is also reported on the stream
and vice versa.
2025-01-31 10:41:50 +01:00
Christopher Faulet
992b4b9726 MINOR: tevt/stconn: Add a termination events log in the SE descriptor
This termination events log will be used to report events from the mux
streams. The location will be "tevt_loc_se" and the muxes will be
responsible to report the corresponding events.
2025-01-31 10:41:50 +01:00
Christopher Faulet
e944944990 MINOR: tevt: Add the termination events log's fundations
Termination events logs will be used to report the events that led to close
a connection. Unlike flags, that reflect a state, the idea here is to store
a log to preserve the order of the events. Most of time, when debugging an
issue, the order of the events is crucial to be able to understand the root
cause of the issue. The traces are trully heplful to do so. But it is not
always possible to active them because it is pretty verbose. On heavily
loaded platforms, it is not acceptable. We hope that the termination events
logs will help us in that situations.

One termination events log will be be store at each layer (connection, mux
connection, mux stream...) as a 32-bits integer. Each event will be store on
8 bits, 4 bits for the location and 4 bits for the type. So the first four
events will be stored only for each layer. It should be enough why a
connection is closed.

In this patch, the enums defining the termination event locations and types
are added. The macro to report a new event is also added and a function to
convert a termination events log to a string that could be display in log
messages for instance.
2025-01-31 10:41:49 +01:00
Christopher Faulet
e56e718c82 MINOR: mux-h1: Add masks to group H1S DEMUX and MUX errors
It is just a small patch to clean up mux/demux functions. Instead of listing
the H1S errors that must be handled during demux of mux operations, masks of
flags are used. It is more readable.
2025-01-31 10:41:49 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
d155924efe MINOR: fd: add a generation number to file descriptors
This patch adds a counter of close() on file descriptors in the fdtab.
The goal is to better detect if reported events concern the current or
a previous file descriptor. For now the counter is only added, and is
showed in "show fd" as "gen". We're reusing unused space at the end of
the struct. If it's needed for something more important later, this
patch can be reverted.
2025-01-30 19:45:34 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
44ac7a7e73 DEBUG: fd: add a counter of takeovers of an FD since it was last opened
That's essentially in order to help with debugging strange cases like
the occasional epoll issues/races, by keeping a counter of how many
times an FD was taken over since last inserted. The room is available
so let's use it. If it's needed later, this patch can easily be reverted.
The counter is also reported in "show fd" as "tkov".
2025-01-30 19:45:34 +01:00
Amaury Denoyelle
b849ee5fa3 BUILD: quic: fix overflow in global tune
A new global option was recently introduced to disable pacing. However,
the value used (1<<31) caused issue with some compiler as options field
used for storage is declared as int. Move pacing deactivation flag
outside into the newly defined quic_tune to fix this.

This should be backported up to 3.1 after a period of observation. Note
that it relied on the previous patch which defined new quic_tune type.
2025-01-30 18:12:53 +01:00
Amaury Denoyelle
09e9c7d5b7 MINOR: quic: define quic_tune
Define a new structure quic_tune. It will be useful to regroup various
configuration settings and tunable related to QUIC, instead of defining
them into the global structure.
2025-01-30 18:12:40 +01:00
Amaury Denoyelle
0c8b54b2d1 MINOR: quic: transform pacing settings into a global option
Pacing support was previously activated on each bind line individually,
via an optional argument of quic-cc-algo keyword. Remove this optional
argument and introduce a global setting to enable/disable pacing. Pacing
activation is still flagged as experimental.

One important change is that previously BBR usage automatically
activated pacing support. This is not the case anymore, so users should
now always explicitely activate pacing if BBR is selected. A new warning
message will be displayed if this is not the case.

Another consequence of this change is that now pacing_inter callback is
always defined for every quic_cc_algo types. As such, QUIC MUX uses
global.tune.options to determine if pacing is required.

This should be backported up to 3.1, after a period of observation.
2025-01-30 17:19:38 +01:00
William Lallemand
b43e5d8c16 BUILD: ssl: more cleaner approach to WolfSSL without renegotiation
Patch discussed in https://github.com/wolfSSL/wolfssl/issues/6834

When building Wolfssl without renegotiation options, WolfSSL still
defines the macros about it, which warns during the build.

This patch completes the previous one by undefining the macros so
haproxy could build without any warning.
2025-01-28 20:55:20 +01:00
William Lallemand
c6a8279cdf BUILD: ssl: allow to build without the renegotiation API of WolfSSL
In ticket https://github.com/wolfSSL/wolfssl/issues/6834, it was
suggested to push --enable-haproxy within --enable-distro.

WolfSSL does not want to include the renegotiation support in
--enable-distro.

To achieve this, let haproxy build without SSL_renegotiate_pending()
when wolfssl does not define HAVE_SECURE_RENEGOCIATION or
HAVE_SERVER_RENEGOCIATION_INFO.
2025-01-28 18:31:32 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
f17b0a994b BUILD: tools: fix build on BSD by dropping the ETIME check
Commit 44537379fc ("MINOR: tools: add errname to print errno macro
name") brought a facility to report errno using a symbolic string
when known instead of showing only the value. However, among the
listed options, ETIME is mentioned but is unknown from FreeBSD where
it breaks the build. Let's simply drop it, we don't use ETIME anyway
and even if it would be reported, the default code path still reports
the numeric value so there's no harm. If other ones fail to build in
the future, they could be handled the same way.
2025-01-28 15:58:57 +01:00
Christopher Faulet
36d151dc10 MEDIUM: stream: No longer use TASK_F_UEVT* to shut a stream down
Thanks to the previous patch, it is now possible to explicitly rely on
stream's events to shut it down. The right event is set in
stream_shutdown(), before waking up the stream, via an atomic operation. In
process_stream(), this event will be handled as expected.

Thus, TASK_F_UEVT* are no longer used, but not removed since still usable
for other tasks.

This patch depends on "MEDIUM: stream: Map task wake up reasons to dedicated
stream events".
2025-01-28 14:53:37 +01:00
Christopher Faulet
6048460102 MEDIUM: stream: Map task wake up reasons to dedicated stream events
To fix thread-safety issues when a stream must be shut, three new task
states were added. These states are generic (UEVT1, UEVT2 and UEVT3), the
task callback function is responsible to know what to do with them. However,
it is not really scalable.

The best is to use an atomic field in the stream structure itself to deal
with these dedicated events. There is already the "pending_events" field
that save wake up reasons (TASK_WOKEN_*) to not loose them if
process_stream() is interrupted before it had a chance to handle them.

So the idea is to introduce a new field to handle streams dedicated events
and merged them with the task's wake up reasons used by the stream. This
means a mapping must be performed between some task wake up reasons and
streams events. Note that not all task wake up reasons will be mapped.

In this patch, the "new_events" field is introduced. It is an atomic
bit-field. Streams events (STRM_EVT_*) are also introduced to map the task
wake up reasons used by process_stream(). Only TASK_WOKEN_TIMER and
TASK_WOKEN_MSG are mapped, in addition to TASK_F_UEVT* flags. In
process_stream(), "pending_events" field is now filled with new stream
events and the mapping of the wake up reasons.
2025-01-28 14:53:37 +01:00
Christopher Faulet
0a52a75ef7 BUG/MINOR: stream: Properly handle "on-marked-up shutdown-backup-sessions"
shutdown-backup-sessions action for on-marked-up directive does not work anymore
since the stream_shutdown() function was modified to be async-safe.

When stream_shutdown() was modified to be async-safe, dedicated task events were
added to map the reasons to shut a stream down. SF_ERR_DOWN was mapped to
TASK_F_EVT1 and SF_ERR_KILLED was mapped to TASK_F_EVT2. The reverse mapping was
performed by process_stream() to shut the stream with the appropriate reason.

However, SF_ERR_UP reason, used by shutdown-backup-sessions action to shut a
stream down because a preferred server became available, was not mapped in the
same way. So since commit b8e3b0a18d ("BUG/MEDIUM: stream: make
stream_shutdown() async-safe"), this action is ignored and does not work
anymore.

To fix an issue, and being able to bakcport the fix, a third task event was
added. TASK_F_EVT3 is now mapped on SF_ERR_UP.

This patch should fix the issue #2848. It must be backported as far as 2.6.
2025-01-28 14:53:37 +01:00
Olivier Houchard
26b3e5236f MEDIUM: servers/proxies: Switch to using per-tgroup queues.
For both servers and proxies, use one connection queue per thread-group,
instead of only one. Having only one can lead to severe performance
issues on NUMA machines, it is actually trivial to get the watchdog to
trigger on an AMD machine, having a server with a maxconn of 96, and an
injector that uses 160 concurrent connections.
We now have one queue per thread-group, however when dequeueing, we're
dequeuing MAX_SELF_USE_QUEUE (currently 9) pendconns from our own queue,
before dequeueing one from another thread group, if available, to make
sure everybody is still running.
2025-01-28 12:49:41 +01:00
Olivier Houchard
583303c48b MINOR: proxies/servers: Calculate queueslength and use it.
For both proxies and servers, properly calculates queueslength, which is
the total number of element in each queues (as they currently are only
using one queue, it is equivalent to the number of element of that
queue), and use it instead of the queue's length.
2025-01-28 12:49:41 +01:00
Olivier Houchard
59eddabe16 MINOR: Add fields to the per-thread group field in struct server.
Add a per-thread group queue and associated fields in per-thread group
field in struct server, as well as a new field, queues length.
This is currently unused, so should change nothing.
2025-01-28 12:49:41 +01:00
Olivier Houchard
f879b9a18a MINOR: proxies: Add a per-thread group field to struct proxy.
Add a per-thread group field to struct proxy, that will contain a struct
queue, as well as a new field, "queueslength".
This is currently unused, so should change nothing.
Please note that proxy_init_per_thr() must now be called for each proxy
once the thread groups number is known.
2025-01-28 12:49:41 +01:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
e768a531b7 CLEANUP: tree-wide: define and use acl_match_cond() helper
acl_match_cond() combines acl_exec_cond() + acl_pass() and a check on the
condition->pol (to check if the cond is inverted) in order to return
either 0 if the cond doesn't match or 1 if it matches (or NULL).

Thanks to this we can actually simplify some redundant constructs that
iterate over rules and evaluate if the condition matches or not.

Conditions for tcp-request inspect-content and tcp-response
inspect-content couldn't be simplified because they perform an extra
check for missing data, and thus still need to leverage acl_exec_cond()

It's best to display the patch using "-w", like "git show xxxx -w",
because some blocks had to be re-indented after the cleanup, which
makes the patch hard to review by default.
2025-01-27 11:11:43 +01:00
Valentine Krasnobaeva
94d3b7375a CLEANUP: ssl: move ssl_sock_gencert_load_ca declaration in ssl_gencert.h
As ssl_sock_gencert_load_ca and ssl_sock_gencert_free_ca are compiled only if
SSL_NO_GENERATE_CERTIFICATES is not defined, let's align it and move these
declarations in ssl_gencert.h.
2025-01-24 12:31:07 +01:00
Valentine Krasnobaeva
846819b316 CLEANUP: ssl: rename ssl_sock_load_ca to ssl_sock_gencert_load_ca
ssl_sock_load_ca is defined in ssl_gencert.c and compiled only if
SSL_NO_GENERATE_CERTIFICATES is not defined. It's name is a bit confusing, as
we may think at the first glance, that it's a generic function, which is also
used to load CA file, provided via 'ca-file' keyword.
ssl_set_verify_locations_file is used in this case.

So let's rename ssl_sock_load_ca into ssl_sock_gencert_load_ca. Same is
applied to ssl_sock_free_ca.
2025-01-24 12:31:07 +01:00
Valentine Krasnobaeva
44537379fc MINOR: tools: add errname to print errno macro name
Add helper to print the name of errno's corresponding macro, for example
"EINVAL" for errno=22. This may be helpful for debugging and for using in
some CLI commands output. The switch-case in errname() contains only the
errnos currently used in the code. So, it needs to be extended, if one starts
to use new syscalls.
2025-01-24 09:54:57 +01:00
Amaury Denoyelle
7896edccdc MINOR: quic: remove unused pacing burst in bind_conf/quic_cc_path
Pacing burst size is now dynamic. As such, configuration value has been
removed and related fields in bind_conf and quic_cc_path structures can
be safely removed.

This should be backported up to 3.1.
2025-01-23 17:40:48 +01:00
Amaury Denoyelle
cb91ccd8a8 MEDIUM: quic: use dynamic credit for pacing
Major improvements have been introduced in pacing recently. Most
notably, QMUX schedules emission on a millisecond resolution, which
allow to use passive wait to be much CPU friendly.

However, an issue remains with the pacing max credit. Unless BBR is
used, it is fixed to the configured value from quic-cc-algo bind
statement. This is not practical as if too low, it may drastically
reduce performance due to 1ms sleep resolution. If too high, some
clients will suffer from too much packet loss.

This commit fixes the issue by implementing a dynamic maximum credit
value based on the network condition specific to each clients.
Calculation is done to fix a maximum value which should allow QMUX
current tasklet context to emit enough data to cover the delay with the
next tasklet invokation. As such, avg_loop_us is used to detect the
process load. If too small, 1.5ms is used as minimal value, to cover the
extra delay incurred by the system which will happen for a default 1ms
sleep.

This should be backported up to 3.1.
2025-01-23 17:40:48 +01:00
Amaury Denoyelle
8098be1fdc MEDIUM: mux-quic: reduce pacing CPU usage with passive wait
Pacing algorithm has been revamped in the previous commit to implement a
credit based solution. This is a far more adaptative solution, in
particular which allow to catch up in case pause between pacing emission
was longer than expected.

This allows QMUX to remove the active loop based on tasklet wake-up.
Instead, a new task is used when emission should be paced. The main
advantage is that CPU usage is drastically reduced.

New pacing task timer is reset each time qcc_io_send() is invoked. Timer
will be set only if pacing engine reports that emission must be
interrupted. In this case timer is set via qcc_wakeup_pacing() to the
delay reported by congestion algorithm, or 1ms if delay is too short. At
the end of qcc_io_cb(), pacing task is queued if timer has been set.

Pacing task execution is simple enough : it immediately wakes up QCC I/O
handler.

Note that to have decent performance, it requires to have a large enough
burst defined in configuration of quic-cc-algo. However, this value is
common to every listener clients, which may cause too much loss under
network conditions. This will be address in a future patch.

This should be backported up to 3.1.
2025-01-23 17:40:22 +01:00
Amaury Denoyelle
4489a61585 MEDIUM: quic: implement credit based pacing
Implement a new method for QUIC pacing emission based on credit. This
represents the number of packets which can be emitted in a single burst.
After emission, decrement from the credit the number of emitted packets.
Several emission can be conducted in the same sequence until the credit
is completely decremented.

When a new emission sequence is initiated (i.e. under a new QMUX tasklet
invokation), credit is refilled according to the delay which occured
between the last and current emission context.

This new mechanism main advantage is that it allows to conduct several
emission in the same task context without having to wait between each
invokation. Wait is only forced if pacing is expired, which is now
equivalent to having a null credit.

Furthermore, if delay between two emissions sequence would have been
smaller than expected, credit is only partially refilled. This allows to
restart emission without having to wait for the whole credit to be
available.

On the implementation side, a new field <credit> is avaiable in
quic_pacer structure. It is automatically decremented on
quic_pacing_sent_done() invokation. Also, a new function
quic_pacing_reload() must be used by QUIC MUX when a new emission
sequence is initiated to refill credit. <next> field from quic_pacer has
been removed.

For the moment, credit is based on the burst configured via quic-cc-algo
keyword, or directly reported by BBR.

This should be backported up to 3.1.
2025-01-23 17:40:20 +01:00
Amaury Denoyelle
bbaa7aef7b BUG/MINOR: quic: do not increase congestion window if app limited
Previously, congestion window was increased any time each time a new
acknowledge was received. However, it did not take into account the
window filling level. In a network condition with negligible loss, this
will cause the window to be incremented until the maximum value (by
default 480k), even though the application does not have enough data to
fill it.

In most cases, this issue is not noticeable. However, it may lead to
excessive memory consumption when a QUIC connection is suddendly
interrupted, as in this case haproxy will fill the window with
retransmission. It even has caused OOM crash when thousands of clients
were interrupted at once on a local network benchmark.

Fix this by first checking window level prior to every incrementation
via a new helper function quic_cwnd_may_increase(). It was arbitrarily
decided that the window must be at least 50% full when the ACK is
handled prior to increment it. This value is a good compromise to keep
window in check while still allowing fast increment when needed.

Note that this patch only concerns cubic and newreno algorithm. BBR has
already its notion of application limited which ensures the window is
only incremented when necessary.

This should be backported up to 2.6.
2025-01-23 14:49:35 +01:00
Amaury Denoyelle
7c0820892f MINOR: quic: rename pacing_rate cb to pacing_inter
Rename one of the congestion algorithms pacing callback from pacing_rate
to pacing_inter. This better reflects that this function returns a delay
(in nanoseconds) which should be applied between each packet emission to
fill the congestion window with a perfectly smoothed emission.

This should be backported up to 3.1.
2025-01-23 14:49:35 +01:00
Amaury Denoyelle
2178bf1192 CLEANUP: quic: remove unused prototype
Remove undefined quic_pacing_send() function prototype from quic_pacing
module.

This should be backported up to 3.1.
2025-01-23 14:49:35 +01:00
Frederic Lecaille
4f38c4bfd8 MINOR: quic: Add a BUG_ON() on quic_tx_packet refcount
This is definitively a bug to call quic_tx_packet_refdec() to decrement the reference
counter of a TX packet calling quic_tx_packet_refdec(), and possibly to release its
memory when it is negative or null.

This counter is incremented when a TX frm is attached to it with some allocated memory
and when the packet is inserted into a data structure, if needed (list or tree).

Should be easily backported as far as 2.6 to ease any further backport around
this code part.
2025-01-21 22:01:34 +01:00
Frederic Lecaille
cb729fb64d BUG/MINOR: quic: ensure a detached coalesced packet can't access its neighbours
Reset ->prev and ->next fields of a coalesced TX packet to ensure it cannot access
several times its neighbours after it is supposed to be detached from them calling
quic_tx_packet_dgram_detach().

There are two cases where a packet can be coalesced to another previous built one:
this is when it is built into the same datagrame without GSO (and flagged flag with
QUIC_FL_TX_PACKET_COALESCED) or when sent from the same sendto() syscall with GOS
(not flagged with QUIC_FL_TX_PACKET_COALESCED).

This fix may be in relation with GH #2839.

Must be backported as far as 2.6.
2025-01-21 22:01:34 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
b066c0affb REORG: version: move the remaining BUILD_* stuff from haproxy.c to version.c
version.c tries to centralize all variables conveying version information,
but there's still an issue with the BUILD_* variables which are only
passed to haproxy.o and are only updated when that one is rebuilt. This
is not very logical given that we can end up with values there which
contradict info from version.c.

Better move all of these to version.c which is systematically rebuilt.
Most of these variables only end up as string concatenation at the
moment. Some of them are even duplicated. In version.c we now have one
variable (or constant) for each of them and haproxy.c references them
in messages. This is much more logical and easier to maintain in a
consistent state.

The patch looks a bit large but it really only moves the ifdefed string
assignment from one file to another, placing them into variables.
2025-01-20 17:53:55 +01:00
Amaury Denoyelle
a50dd07c16 MINOR: trace: ensure -dt priority over traces config section
Traces can be activated on startup either via -dt command line argument
or via the traces configuration section. This can caused confusion as it
may not be clear as trace source can be completed or overriden by one or
the other.

Fix the precedence to give the priority to the command line argument.
Now, each trace source configured via -dt is first resetted to a default
state before applying new settings. Then, it is impossible to change a
trace source via the configuration file if it was already targetted via
-dt argument.
2025-01-10 14:50:59 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
b25850f25b MINOR: tools: add a few functions to simply check for a file's existence
At many places we'd like to be able to simply construct a path from a
format string and check if that path corresponds to an existing file,
directory etc. Here we add 3 functions, a generic one to test that a
path corresponds to a given file mode (e.g. S_IFDIR, S_IFREG etc), and
two other ones specifically checking for a file or a dir for easier
use.
2025-01-09 09:18:49 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
bd06502b22 BUILD: makefile: add a qinfo macro to pass info in quiet mode
Some commands such as $(cmd_CC) etc already handle the quiet vs verbose
mode in the makefile, but sometimes we may want to pass other info. The
new "qinfo" macro can be called with a 9-char string argument (spaces
included) as a prefix for some commands, to emit that string when in
quiet mode. The caller must fill the spaces needed for alignment. E.g:

  $(call quinfo,  CC     )$(CC) ...
2025-01-08 11:26:05 +01:00
Amaury Denoyelle
af00be8e0f MINOR: mux-quic: change return value of qcs_attach_sc()
A recent fix was introduced to ensure that a streamdesc instance won't
be attached to an already completed QCS which is eligible to purging.
This was performed by skipping application protocol decoding if a QCS is
in such a state. Here is the patch responsible for this change.
  caf60ac696
  BUG/MEDIUM: mux-quic: do not attach on already closed stream

However, this is too restrictive, in particular for unidirection stream
where no streamdesc is never attached. To fix this behavior, first
qcs_attach_sc() API has been modified. Instead of returning a streamdesc
instance, it returns either 0 on success or a negative error code.

There should be no functional changes with this patch. It is only to be
able to extend qcs_attach_sc() with the possibility of skipping
streamdesc instantiation while still keeping a success return value.

This should be backported wherever the above patch has been merged. For
the record, it was scheduled for immediate backport on 3.1, plus merging
on older releases up to 2.8 after a period of observation.
2025-01-03 17:19:21 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
f486f976c7 BUILD: limits: make normalize_rlim() take an rlim_t to fix build on m68k
As can be seen here, the build fails on m68k since commit 665dde648
("MINOR: debug: use LIM2A to show limits") in 3.1:

  https://github.com/haproxy/haproxy/actions/runs/12440234399/job/34735360177

The reason is the comparison between a ulong limit and RLIM_INFINITY.
Indeed, on m68k, rlim_t is an unsigned long long. Let's just change
the function's input type to take an rlim_t instead. This also allows
to get rid of the casts in the call place.

This can be backported to 3.1 though it's not important given the low
prevalence of this platform for such use cases.
2024-12-25 12:33:06 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
f78121dd32 BUILD: compat: add missing fcntl.h before defining F_SETPIPE_SZ
n 1.5-dev8, 13 years ago, support for setting pipe size was added by
commit bd9a0a778 ("OPTIM/MINOR: make it possible to change pipe size
(tune.pipesize)"). For compatibility purposes, it was defining
F_SETPIPE_SZ in compat.h if it was not set. It apparently always had
F_SETPIPE_SZ defined before being included.

Now in 3.2-dev1, commit fbc534a6f ("REORG: startup: move nofile limit
checks in limits.c") reordered a few includes and ended up with
mworker-prog.c including compat.h before fcntl.h, causing a redefinition
error on certain libcs:

    CC      src/mworker-prog.o
  In file included from /usr/include/bits/fcntl.h:61:0,
                   from /usr/include/fcntl.h:35,
                   from include/haproxy/limits.h:11,
                   from include/haproxy/mworker.h:18,
                   from src/mworker-prog.c:27:
  /usr/include/bits/fcntl-linux.h:203:0: warning: "F_SETPIPE_SZ" redefined [enabled by default]
  In file included from include/haproxy/api-t.h:35:0,
                   from include/haproxy/api.h:33,
                   from src/mworker-prog.c:23:
  include/haproxy/compat.h:161:0: note: this is the location of the previous definition

Let's simply include fcntl.h in compat.h before the macro is redefined.

There's normally no need to backport this, though it's harmless to do
it if needed.
2024-12-25 11:53:11 +01:00
Olivier Houchard
505480eeef CLEANUP: Remove pendconn_must_try_again().
Remove pendconn_must_try_again(), now that it no longer is used.
2024-12-24 14:10:06 +01:00
Olivier Houchard
cda7275ef5 MEDIUM: queue: Handle the race condition between queue and dequeue differently
There is a small race condition, where a server would check if there is
something left in the proxy queue, and adding something to the proxy
queue. If the server checks just before the stream is added to the queue,
and it no longer has any stream to deal with, then nothing will take
care of the stream, that may stay in the queue forever.
This was worked around with commit 5541d4995d, by checking for that exact
condition after adding the stream to the queue, and trying again to get
a server assigned if it is detected.
That fix lead to multiple infinite loops, that got fixed, but it is not
unlikely that it could happen again. So let's fix the initial problem
differently : a single server may mark itself as ready, and it removes
itself once used. The principle is that when we discover that the just
queued stream is alone with no active request anywhere ot dequeue it,
instead of rebalancing it, it will be assigned to that current "ready"
server that is available to handle it. The extra cost of the atomic ops
is negligible since the situation is super rare.
2024-12-24 14:10:06 +01:00
Olivier Houchard
5b8899b6cc BUG/MEDIUM: queue: Make process_srv_queue return the number of streams
Make process_srv_queue() return the number of streams unqueued, as
pendconn_grab_from_px() did, as that number is used by
srv_update_status() to generate logs.

This should be backported up to 2.6 with
111ea83ed4
2024-12-23 15:03:40 +01:00
William Lallemand
056ec51c26 MEDIUM: ssl/ocsp: counters for OCSP stapling
Add 2 counters in the SSL stats module for OCSP stapling.

- ssl_ocsp_staple is the number of OCSP response successfully stapled
  with the handshake
- ssl_failed_ocsp_stapled is the number of OCSP response that we
  couldn't staple, it could be because of an error or because the
  response is expired.

These counters are incremented in the OCSP stapling callback, so if no
OCSP was configured they won't never increase. Also they are only
working in frontends.

This was discussed in github issue #2822.
2024-12-23 11:23:00 +01:00
William Lallemand
0e6af97233 MINOR: ssl: change visibility of ssl_stats_module
In order to add stats from other files, the ssl_stats_module need to be
visible from other files.

This moves the ssl_counters definition in ssl_sock-t.h and removes the
static of ssl_stats_module.
2024-12-23 11:23:00 +01:00
William Lallemand
acb2c9eb8b MINOR: ssl: improve HAVE_SSL_OCSP ifdef
Allow to build correctly without OCSP. It could be disabled easily with
OpenSSL build with OPENSSL_NO_OCSP. Or even with
DEFINE="-DOPENSSL_NO_OCSP" on haproxy make line.
2024-12-19 10:53:05 +01:00
Remi Tricot-Le Breton
93f2c73423 MINOR: ssl/ocsp: Add extra details in error logs when possible
When the ocsp response auto update process fails during insertion or
while validating the received ocsp response, we call
ssl_sock_update_ocsp_response or ssl_ocsp_check_response respectively
and both these functions take an 'err' parameter in which detailed error
messages can be written. Until now, those error messages were discarded
and the only information given to the user was a generic error
(ERR_CHECK or ERR_INSERT) which does not help much.
We now keep a pointer to the last error message in the certificate_ocsp
structure and dump its content in the update logs as well as in the
"show ssl ocsp-updates" cli command.

This issue was raised in GitHub #2817.
2024-12-18 10:41:16 +01:00
Amaury Denoyelle
9d155ca706 MINOR: trace: implement tracing disabling API
Define a set of functions to temporarily disable/reactivate tracing for
the current thread. This could be useful when wanting to quickly remove
tracing output for some code parts.

The API relies on a disable/resume set of functions, with a thread-local
counter. This counter is tested under __trace_enabled(). It is a
cumulative value so that the same count of resume must be issued after
several disable usage. There is also the possibility to force reset the
counter to 0 before restoring the old value.

This should be backported up to 3.1.
2024-12-18 09:52:06 +01:00
Amaury Denoyelle
e296585ae9 MEDIUM/OPTIM: mux-quic: implement purg_list
This commit is part of the current serie which aims to refactor and
improve overall performance of QUIC MUX I/O handler.

qcc_io_process() is responsible to perform some internal operations on
QUIC MUX after I/O completion. It is notably called on every qcc_io_cb()
tasklet handler.

The most intensive work on it is the purging of QCS instances after
transfer completion. This was implemented by looping on QCC streams tree
and inspecting the state of every QCS. The purpose of this commit is to
optimize this processing.

A new purg_list QCC member is defined. It is responsible to list every
QCS instances whose transfer has been completed. It is thus safe to
reuse <el_send> QCS list attach point. Stream purging will thus only
loop on purg_list instead of every known QCS.

This should be backported up to 3.1.
2024-12-18 09:33:52 +01:00
Amaury Denoyelle
4b42dd4ae0 MEDIUM/OPTIM: mux-quic: define a recv_list for demux resumption
This commit is part of the current serie which aims to refactor and
improve overall performance of QUIC MUX I/O handler.

Define a recv_list element into qcc structure. This is used to
registered every instance of qcs which are currently blocked on
demuxing, which happen on no more space in <rx.appbuf>.

The purpose of this patch is to reduce qcc_io_recv() CPU usage. Now,
only recv_list iteration is performed, instead of the previous looping
over every qcs instances. This is useful as qcc_io_recv() is called each
time qcc_io_cb() is scheduled, even if only sending condition was the
wakeup origin.

A qcs is not inserted into recv_list immediately after blocking on demux
full buffer. Instead, this is only done after unblocking via stream
rcv_buf callback, which ensure that new buffer space is available.

This should be backported up to 3.1.
2024-12-18 09:23:41 +01:00
Amaury Denoyelle
0a53a008d0 MINOR: mux-quic: refactor wait-for-handshake support
This commit refactors wait-for-handshake support from QUIC MUX. The flag
logic QC_CF_WAIT_HS is inverted : it is now positionned only if MUX is
instantiated before handshake completion. When the handshake is
completed, the flag is removed.

The flag is now set directly on initialization via qmux_init(). Removal
via qcc_wait_for_hs() is moved from qcc_io_process() to qcc_io_recv().
This is deemed more logical as QUIC MUX is scheduled on RECV to be
notify by the transport layer about handshake termination. Moreover,
qcc_wait_for_hs() is now called if recv subscription is still active.

This commit is the first of a serie which aims to refactor QUIC MUX I/O
handler and improves its overall performance. The ultimate objective is
to be able to stream qcc_io_cb() by removing pacing specific code path
via qcc_purge_sending().

This should be backported up to 3.1.
2024-12-18 09:23:41 +01:00
Amaury Denoyelle
17bfe93768 CLEANUP: mux-quic: remove unused qcc member send_retry_list
Remove unused fields send_retry_list from qcc and its corresponding
attach element el from qcs.

This should be backported up to 3.1.
2024-12-18 09:20:20 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
7b6acb6a51 MINOR: bug: make BUG_ON() fall back to ASSUME
When the strict level is zero and BUG_ON() is not implemented, some
possible null-deref warnings are emitted again because some were
covering for these cases. Let's make it fall back to ASSUME() so that
the compiler continues to know that the tested expression never happens.
It also allows to further optimize certain functions by helping the
compiler eliminate certain tests for impossible values. However it
requires that the expression is really evaluated before passing the
result through ASSUME() otherwise it was shown that gcc-11 and above
will fail to evaluate its implications and will continue to emit the
null-deref warnings in case the expression is non-trivial (e.g. it
has multiple terms).

We don't do it for BUG_ON_HOT() however because the extra cost of
evaluating the condition is generally not welcome in fast paths,
particularly when that BUG_ON_HOT() was kept disabled for
performance reasons.
2024-12-17 17:39:12 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
63798088b3 MINOR: compiler: add ASSUME_NONNULL() to tell the compiler a pointer is valid
At plenty of places we have ALREADY_CHECKED() or DISGUISE() on a pointer
just to avoid "possibly null-deref" warnings. These ones have the side
effect of weakening optimizations by passing through an assembly step.
Using ASSUME_NONNULL() we can avoid that extra step. And when the
__builtin_unreachable() builtin is not present, we fall back to the old
method using assembly. The macro returns the input value so that it may
be used both as a declarative way to claim non-nullity or directly inside
an expression like DISGUISE().
2024-12-17 16:46:46 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
2ce63b7b17 MINOR: compiler: also enable __builtin_assume() for ASSUME()
Clang apparently has __builtin_assume() which does exactly the same
as our macro, since at least v3.8. Let's enable it, in case it may
even better detect assumptions vs unreachable code.
2024-12-17 16:46:46 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
efc897484b MINOR: compiler: add a new "ASSUME" macro to help the compiler
This macro takes an expression, tests it and calls an unreachable
statement if false. This allows the compiler to know that such a
combination does not happen, and totally eliminate tests that would
be related to this condition. When the statement is not available
in the compiler, we just perform a break from a do {} while loop
so that the expression remains evaluated if needed (e.g. function
call).
2024-12-17 16:46:46 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
41fc18b1d1 MINOR: compiler: rely on builtin detection for __builtin_unreachable()
Due to __builtin_unreachable() only being associated to gcc 4.5 and
above, it turns out it was not enabled for clang. It's not used *that*
much but still a little bit, so let's enable it now. This reduces the
code size by 0.2% and makes it a bit more efficient.
2024-12-17 16:46:46 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
96cfcb1df3 MINOR: compiler: add a __has_builtin() macro to detect features more easily
We already have a __has_attribute() macro to detect when the compiler
supports a specific attribute, but we didn't have the equivalent for
builtins. clang-3 and gcc-10 have __has_builtin() for this. Let's just
bring it using the same mechanism as __has_attribute(), which will allow
us to simply define the macro's value for older compilers. It will save
us from keeping that many compiler-specific tests that are incomplete
(e.g. the __builtin_unreachable() test currently doesn't cover clang).
2024-12-17 16:46:46 +01:00
Olivier Houchard
b3cd5a4b86 CLEANUP: queues: Remove pendconn_grab_from_px().
pendconn_grab_from_px() is now unused, so just remove it.
2024-12-17 16:05:44 +01:00
William Lallemand
bb88f68cf7 MINOR: ssl: add utils functions to extract X509 notAfter date
Add ASN1_to_time_t() which converts an ASN1_TIME to a time_t and
x509_get_notafter_time_t() which returns the notAfter date in time_t
format.
2024-12-16 14:54:53 +01:00
Valentine Krasnobaeva
fbc534a6fa REORG: startup: move nofile limit checks in limits.c
Let's encapsulate the code, which checks the applied nofile limit into
a separate helper check_nofile_lim_and_prealloc_fd(). Let's keep in this new
function scope the block, which tries to create a copy of FD with the highest
number, if prealloc-fd is set in the configuration.
2024-12-16 10:44:01 +01:00
Valentine Krasnobaeva
14f5e00d38 REORG: startup: move code that applies limits to limits.c
In step_init_3() we try to apply provided or calculated earlier haproxy
maxsock and memmax limits.

Let's encapsulate these code blocks in dedicated functions:
apply_nofile_limit() and apply_memory_limit() and let's move them into
limits.c. Limits.c gathers now all the logic for calculating and setting
system limits in dependency of the provided configuration.
2024-12-16 10:44:01 +01:00
Valentine Krasnobaeva
1332e9b58d REORG: startup: move global.maxconn calculations in limits.c
Let's encapsulate the code, which calculates global.maxconn and
global.maxsslconn into a dedicated function set_global_maxconn() and let's
move this function in limits.c. In limits.c we keep helpers to calculate and
check haproxy internal limits, based on the system nofile and memory limits.
2024-12-16 10:44:01 +01:00
Frederic Lecaille
e1d25cdbdd CLEANUP: quic: remove a wrong comment about ->app_limited (drs)
->app_limited quic_drs struct member is not a boolean. This is
the index of the last transmitted packet marked as application-limited, or 0 if
the connection is not currently application-limited (see C.app_limited
definition in BBR v3 draft).
2024-12-13 14:42:43 +01:00
Frederic Lecaille
eeaeb412dc MINOR: quic: reduce the private data size of QUIC cc algos
After these commits:

    BUG/MINOR: quic: remove max_bw filter from delivery rate sampling
    BUG/MINOR: quic: fix BBB max bandwidth oscillation issue

where some members were removed from bbr struct, the private data
size of QUIC cc algorithms may be reduced from 160 to 144 uint32_t.

Should be easily backported to 3.1 alonside the commits mentioned above.
2024-12-13 14:42:43 +01:00
Frederic Lecaille
22ab45a3a8 BUG/MINOR: quic: remove max_bw filter from delivery rate sampling
This filter is no more needed after this commit:

 BUG/MINOR: quic: fix BBB max bandwidth oscillation issue.

Indeed, one added this filter at delivery rate sampling level to filter
the BBR max bandwidth estimations and was inspired from ngtcp2 code source when
trying to fix the oscillation issue. But this BBR max bandwidth oscillation issue
was fixed by the aforementioned commit.

Furthermore this code tends to always increment the BBR max bandwidth. From my point
of view, this is not a good idea at all.

Must be backported to 3.1.
2024-12-13 14:42:43 +01:00
Frederic Lecaille
a9a2f98f86 MINOR: window_filter: rely on the time to update the filter samples (QUIC/BBR)
The windowed filters are used only the BBR implementation for QUIC to filter
the maximum bandwidth samples for its estimation over a virtual time interval
tracked by counting the cyclical progression through ProbeBW cycles. ngtcp2
and quiche use such windowed filters in their BBR implementation. But in a
slightly different way. When updating the 2nd or 3rd filter samples, this
is done based on their values in place of the time they have been sampled.
It seems more logical to rely on the sample timestamps even if this has no
implication because when a sample is updated using another sample because it
has the same value, they have both the same timestamps!

This patch modifies two statements which compare two consecutive filter samples
based on their values (smp[]->v) by statements which compare them based on the
virtual time they have been sampled (smp[]->t). This fully complies which the
code used by the Linux kernel in lib/win_minmax.c.

Alo take the opportunity of this patch to shorten some statements using <smp>
local variable value to update smp[2] sample in place of initializing its two
members with the <smp> member values.

This patch SHOULD be easily backported to 3.1 where BBR was first implemented.
2024-12-13 14:42:43 +01:00
Amaury Denoyelle
1f458b3ea8 MINOR: applet: define applet_putchk_stress() alternative
Previous patch introduced stress mode to be able to easily test
alternative code paths.

The first point would be to force interruption of stats dump on every
line and check reentrant patchs, in particular while adding and removing
servers instances.

The purpose of this patch is to be able to use applet_putchk_stress()
during stats dump while not impacting other applets. To support this,
extract applet_putchk() into an internal _applet_putchk() which have a
new argument stress. Define two helpers applet_putchk() and
applet_putchk_stress(), the latter to set the stress argument to true.

For the moment, applet_putchk_stress() is not used. This will be the
subject of the next patch.
2024-12-12 11:26:33 +01:00
Amaury Denoyelle
9d19fc4cf7 MINOR: build: define DEBUG_STRESS
Define a new build mode DEBUG_STRESS. This will be used to stress some
code parts which cannot be reproduce easily with an alternative
suboptimal code.

First, a global <mode_stress> is set either to 1 or 0 depending on
DEBUG_STRESS compilation. A new global keyword "stress-level" is also
defined. It allows to specify a level from 0 to 9, to increase the
stress incurred on the code.

Helper macro STRESS_RUN* are defined for each stress level. This allows
to easily specify an instruction in default execution and a stress
counterpart if running on the corresponding stress level.
2024-12-12 11:19:10 +01:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
358166ae6a BUG/MINOR: hlua_fcn: restore server pairs iterator pointer consistency
Since 9c91b30 ("MINOR: server: remove prev_deleted server list"), hlua
server pair iterator may use and return invalid (stale) server pointer
if multiple servers were deleted between two iterations.

Indeed, the server refcount mechanism (using srv_take()) is no longer
sufficient as the prev_deleted mitigation was removed.

To ensure server pointer consistency between two yields, the new watcher
mechanism must be used (as it already the case for stats dumping).

Thus in this patch we slightly change the server iteration logic:
hlua_server_list_iterator_context struct now stores the next valid server
pointer, and a watcher is added to ensure this pointer is never stale.

Then in hlua_listable_servers_pairs_iterator(), this next pointer is used
to create the Lua server object, and the next valid pointer is obtained by
leveraging watcher_next().

No backport needed unless 9c91b30 ("MINOR: server: remove prev_deleted
server list") is. Please note that dynamic servers were not supported in
Lua prior to 2.8, so it doesn't make sense to backport this patch further
than 2.8.
2024-12-11 10:52:11 +01:00
Amaury Denoyelle
9c91b30139 MINOR: server: remove prev_deleted server list
This patch is a direct follow-up to the previous one. Thanks to watcher
type, it is not safe to assume that servers manipulated via stats dump
were not targetted by a "delete server" CLI command. As such,
prev_deleted list server member is now unneeded. This patch thus removes
any reference to it.
2024-12-10 16:19:33 +01:00
Amaury Denoyelle
071ae8ce3d BUG/MEDIUM: stats/server: use watcher to track server during stats dump
If a server A is deleted while a stats dump is currently on it, deletion
is delayed thanks to reference counting. Server A is nonetheless removed
from the proxy list. However, this list is a single linked list. If the
next server B is deleted and freed immediately, server A would still
point to it. This problem has been solved by the prev_deleted list in
servers.

This model seems correct, but it is difficult to ensure completely its
validity. In particular, it implies when stats dump is resumed, server A
elements will be accessed despite the server being in a half-deleted
state.

Thus, it has been decided to completely ditch the refcount mechanism for
stats dump. Instead, use the watcher element to register every stats
dump currently tracking a server instance. Each time a server is deleted
on the CLI, each stats dump element which may points to it are updated
to access the next server instance, or NULL if this is the last server.
This ensures that a server which was deleted via CLI but not completely
freed is never accessed on stats dump resumption.

Currently, no race condition related to dynamic servers and stats dump
is known. However, as described above, the previous model is deemed too
fragile, as such this patch is labelled as bug-fix. It should be
backported up to 2.6, after a reasonable period of observation. It
relies on the following patch :
  MINOR: list: define a watcher type
2024-12-10 16:19:33 +01:00
Amaury Denoyelle
eafa8a32bb MINOR: list: define a watcher type
Define a new watcher type into list module. This type is similar to bref
and can be used to register an element which is currently tracking a
dynamic target. Contrary to bref, if the target is freed, every watcher
element are updated to point to a next valid entry or NULL.

This type will simplify handling of dynamic servers deletion, in
particular while stats dump are performed.

This patch is not a bug-fix. However, it is mandatory to fix a race
condition in dynamic servers. Thus, it should be backported along the
next commit up to 2.6.
2024-12-10 16:04:11 +01:00
Valentine Krasnobaeva
1f63a53955 BUG/MINOR: mworker: detach from tty when received READY from worker
Some master process' initialization steps are conditioned by receiving the
READY message from worker (pidfile creation, forwarding READY message to the
launching parent). So, master process can not do these initialization routines
before.

If the master process fails, while creating pid or forwarding the READY to the
parent in daemon mode, he exits with a proper alert message. In daemon mode we
no longer see such message, as process is already detached from the tty.

To fix this, as these alerts could be very useful, let's detach the master
process from the tty after his last initialization steps in _send_status.
2024-12-09 21:32:54 +01:00
Valentine Krasnobaeva
663d75e7a0 BUG/MEDIUM: startup: report status if daemonized process fails
Due to master-worker rework, daemonization fork happens now before parsing
and applying the configuration. This makes impossible to report correctly all
warnings and alerts to shell's stdout. Daemonzied process fails, while being
already in background, exit code reported by shell via '$?' equals to 0, as
it's the exit code of his parent.

To fix this, let's create a pipe between parent and daemonized child. The
child will send into this pipe a "READY" message, when it finishes his
initialization. The parent will wait on the "read" end of the pipe until
receiving something. If read() fails, parent obtains the status of the
exited child with waitpid(). So, the parent can correctly report the error to
the stdout and he can exit with child's exitcode.

This fix should be backported only in 3.1.
2024-12-09 21:32:44 +01:00
William Lallemand
5454824e31 MINOR: ssl: add notBefore and notAfter utility functions
Extracting notBefore and notAfter as a string can be bothersome,
add 2 utility functions that returns the value in a static buffer.
2024-12-09 18:29:23 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
c3ee4e375b MINOR: tools: make fddebug() automatically emit the location
fddebug() is sometimes quite helpful, but annoying to use when following
a call path because it's a pain to always repeat the function name and
call place. Let's have it automatically prepend the function name, the
file name and the line number, and make its arguments optional, replacing
them by a simple LF when all absent. This way, simply placing:

    fddebug();

is sufficient to emit a location follocing "[%s@%s:%d]\n". This function
must not be used in production (and even call places with it shouldn't be
committed) and it should only be used by developers, so the simplest the
better.
2024-12-09 18:05:09 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
d6dc8120c0 BUILD: debug: fix build issues in COUNT_IF() with -Wunused-value
Commit 7f64bb79fd ("BUG/MINOR: debug: COUNT_IF() should return true/false")
allowed the COUNT_IF() macro to return the evaluated value. This is handy
to place it in "if ()" conditions and count them at the same time. When
glitches are disabled, the condition is just returned as-is, but most call
places do not use the result, making some compilers complain. In addition,
while reviewing this, it was noticed that when DEBUG_STRICT=0, the macro
would still be replaced by a "do { } while (0)" statement, which not only
does not evaluate the expression, but also cannot return anything. Ditto
for COUNT_IF_HOT().

Let's make sure both are always properly evaluated now.
2024-12-09 18:04:51 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
7f64bb79fd BUG/MINOR: debug: COUNT_IF() should return true/false
The COUNT_IF() macro was initially meant to return true/false to be used
in if() conditions but had an extra do { } while(0) that prevents it from
doing so. Let's get rid of the do { } while(0) before the code generalizes
to too many places. There's no impact on existing code, but may have to be
backported if future fixes rely on it.
2024-12-06 18:45:46 +01:00
Valentine Krasnobaeva
cd0b58e23e BUG/MINOR: startup: fix error path for master, if can't open pidfile
If master process can't open a pidfile, there is no sense to send SIGTTIN to
oldpids, as it will exit. So, old workers will terminate as well. It's better
to send the last alert to the log about unrecoverable error, because master is
already in its polling loop.

For the standalone mode we should keep the previous logic in this case: send
SIGTTIN to old process and unbind listeners for the new one. So, it's better
to put this error path in main(), as it's done when other configuration settings
can't be applied.

This patch should be backported only in 3.1.
2024-12-06 12:00:22 +01:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
ae9d8d40d0 CLEANUP: stktable: add some stktable flags polishing
Better late than never, commit 1f73d35 ("MINOR: stktable: implement
"recv-only" table option") implemented stktable flags and initial
definitions, but it lacks some comments plus the flag is stored as
16bits but the SKT_FL_ definition width allows for only 8bits so
it is a bit confusing, let's fix that
2024-12-05 13:14:21 +01:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
9f44c5f9be CLEANUP: stktable: replace nopurge attribute with flag
Thanks to previous commit stktable struct now have a "flags" struct member

Let's take this opportunity to remove the isolated "nopurge" attribute in
stktable struct and rely on a flag named STK_FL_NOPURGE instead.

This helps to better organize stktable struct members.
2024-12-05 12:15:31 +01:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
1f73d3524d MINOR: stktable: implement "recv-only" table option
When "recv-only" keyword is added on a stick table declaration (in peers
or proxy section), haproxy considers that the table is only used for
data retrieval from a remote location and not used to perform local
updates. As such, it enables the retrieval of local-only values such
as conn_cur that are ignored by default. This can be useful in some
contexts where we want to know about local-values such are conn_cur
from a remote peer.

To do this, add stktable struct flags  which default to NONE and enable
the RECV_ONLY flag on the table then "recv-only" keyword is found in the
table declaration. Then, when in peer_treat_updatemsg(), when handling
table updates, don't ignore data updates for local-only values if the flag
is set.
2024-12-05 12:15:24 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
e6f4f15929 MINOR: tasklet: set TASK_WOKEN_OTHER on tasklets by default
Now when tasklets are woken up via tasklet_wakeup(), tasklet_wakeup_on()
or tasklet_wakeup_after(), either the optional wakeup flags will be used,
or TASK_WOKEN_OTHER will be used.

This allows tasklet handlers waking up for any given cause to notice
whether or not they were also woken for another reason. For example, a
mux handler could skip heavy parts when seeing that TASK_WOKEN_OTHER is
absent, proving that no standard tasklet_wakeup() was done, for example
in response to a subscribe().

The benefit of the TASK_WOKEN_* flags is that they're purged during the
wakeup, and that they're easy to check for using TASK_WOKEN_ANY.
TASK_F_UEVT1 and TASK_F_UEVT2 are also usable for private use (e.g. wakeup
from a stream to a connection inside a mux).

Probably that in the future, code dealing with subscribe events should
start to place TASK_WOKEN_IO like is done for upper layers.
2024-12-03 19:45:08 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
6322c9fbbf MINOR: tools: add a new macro DEFVAL() to provide a default argument
This is like DEFZERO and DEFNULL, but this one allows to specify the
default value to be used as the first argument.
2024-12-03 19:45:08 +01:00
Valentine Krasnobaeva
a33977da48 BUG/MINOR: startup: close pidfd and free global.pidfile in handle_pidfile()
After master-worker mode refactoring, global.pidfile is only used in
handle_pidfile(), which opens the provided file and writes the PID into it. So,
it's more appropriate to perform the close(pidfd) and ha_free(&global.pidfile)
also in this function.

This commit prepares the fix of the pidfile creation, as it's created now very
early, when we are not sure, that process has successfully started. In
master-worker mode handle_pidfile() can be called in the master process context.
So, let's make it accessible from other compilation units via global.h.

This should be backported only in 3.1.
2024-12-02 17:28:04 +01:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
8bce7ff854 MINOR: hlua_fcn: add Patref:commit() method
commit() method may be used to commit pending updates on the local patref
object:

hlua_patref flags were added:
 HLUA_PATREF_FL_GEN means the patref object has been updated
 and it is associated to a new revision (curr_gen) in order to prepare
 and commit the pending updates.

upon commit, the pattern API is leveraged with curr_gen as revision to
commit new object items. Once commit is performed, previous (pending)
revisions that are older than the committed one are cleaned up (similar
to what's done with commit on the cli). Also, Patref function APIs now
take into account curr_gen to perform lookups.
2024-11-29 07:23:08 +01:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
e769d8f426 MINOR: pattern: add pat_ref_may_commit() helper function
pat_ref_may_commit() may be used to know if a given generation ID id still
valid, which means it may still be committed at some point. Else it means
that another pending generation ID older than the tested one was already
committed and thus other generations ID below this one are stale and must
be regenerated.
2024-11-29 07:23:01 +01:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
43ab25f007 MINOR: hlua_fcn: wrap pat_ref struct for patref class
In order to extend the patref class features, let's wrap the pat_ref struct
into hlua_patref struct. This way we may add additional data alongside the
pat_ref pointer to store additional context required for pat_ref data
manipulation from lua.

Since the wrapper (hlua_patref) is an allocated object, we declare the _gc
metamethod for patref class in order to properly cleanup resources when
they are out of scope.
2024-11-29 07:22:54 +01:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
2021072391 MINOR: hlua_fcn: implement index and pair metamethods for patref class
patref object may now leverage index and pair methamethods to list and
access patref elements at a specific index (=key)

Also, patref:is_map() method may be used to know if the patref stores acl
(key only) or map-style (key:value) patterns.
2024-11-29 07:22:46 +01:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
956a25cf60 MINOR: hlua: add patref class
Implement patref class to expose pat_ref struct internal pattern struct
in lua. This is some prerequisite work needed to be able to manipulate
exisiting generic pattern object lists (acl/map) from Lua, because the Map
class can only be used to perform matching ops on Map files.
2024-11-29 07:22:32 +01:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
f72a66eef2 MINOR: pattern: publish event_hdl events on pat_ref updates
Now that PAT_REF events were defined in previous commit, let's actually
publish them from pattern API where relevant. Unlike server events,
pattern reference events are only published in the pat_ref subscriber's
list on purpose, because in some setups patref updates (updates performed
on a map for instance from action or cli) are very frequent, and we don't
want to impact pattern API performance just for that.

Moreover, as the main use case is to be able to subscribe to maps updates
from Lua, allowing a per-pattern reference registration is already enough.

No additional data is provided for such events (also for performance reason)

Care was taken not to publish events when the update doesn't affect the
live subset (the one targeted by curr_gen).
2024-11-29 07:22:25 +01:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
f7267bd315 MINOR: event_hdl: add PAT_REF events
This is some prerequisite work for implementing PAT_REF events.

In this commit we define the PAT_REF event_hdl family (which gets family
slot id #2), with the following supported events:

  - EVENT_HDL_SUB_PAT_REF_ADD: element was added to the current version of
    the pattern ref
  - EVENT_HDL_SUB_PAT_REF_DEL: element was deleted from the current
    version of the pattern ref
  - EVENT_HDL_SUB_PAT_REF_SET: element was modified in the current version
    of the pattern ref
  - EVENT_HDL_SUB_PAT_REF_COMMIT: pending element(s) was/were commited in
    the current version of the pattern ref
  - EVENT_HDL_SUB_PAT_REF_CLEAR: all elements were cleared from the
    current version of the pattern ref

The goal is to be able to track a pat_ref struct in order to be notified
when it is updated. For performance reasons, events from this family won't
provide any additional info, and will only be published in the pat_ref
subscription list. Indeed, pat_ref may be updated at a relatively high
frequency (or worse, batch work), so we cannot afford doing expensive
treatment for each update.
2024-11-29 07:22:18 +01:00
Frederic Lecaille
f8b697c19b BUG/MINOR: improve BBR throughput on very fast links
This patch fixes the loss of information when computing the delivery rate
(quic_cc_drs.c) on links with very low latency due to usage of 32bits
variables with the millisecond as precision.

Initialize the quic_conn task with TASK_F_WANTS_TIME flag ask it to ask
the scheduler to update the call date of this task. This allows this task to get
a nanosecond resolution on the call date calling task_mono_time(). This is enabled
only for congestion control algorithms with delivery rate estimation support
(BBR only at this time).

Store the send date with nanosecond precision of each TX packet into
->time_sent_ns new quic_tx_packet struct member to store the date a packet was
sent in nanoseconds thanks to task_mono_time().

Make use of this new timestamp by the delivery rate estimation algorithm (quic_cc_drs.c).

Rename current ->time_sent member from quic_tx_packet struct to ->time_sent_ms to
distinguish the unit used by this variable (millisecond) and update the code which
uses this variable. The logic found in quic_loss.c is not modified at all.

Must be backported to 3.1.
2024-11-28 21:39:05 +01:00
Christopher Faulet
bc66d31985 MINOR: proxy: Add support of 421-Misdirected-Request in retry-on status
The "421" status can now be specified on retry-on directives. PR_RE_* flags
were updated to remains sorted.

This patch should fix the issue #2794. It is quite simple so it may safely
be backported to 3.1 if necessary.
2024-11-28 11:47:40 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
97d33abb23 MINOR: version: this is development again (3.2)
This basically reverts commit b629f366a7 ("MINOR: version: mention that
3.1 is stable now").
2024-11-26 17:21:16 +01:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
4792f27892 MINOR: pattern: add pat_ref_gen_delete() function
pat_ref_gen_delete(ref, gen_id, key) tries to delete all samples belonging
to <gen_id> and matching <key> under <ref>

The goal is to be able to target a single subset from <ref>
2024-11-26 16:12:21 +01:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
a131c542a6 MINOR: pattern: add pat_ref_gen_find_elt() function
pat_ref_gen_find_elt(ref, gen_id, key) tries to find <elt> element
belonging to <gen_id> and matching <key> in <ref> reference.

The goal is to be able to target a single subset from <ref>
2024-11-26 16:12:16 +01:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
c9d6af3c6d MINOR: pattern: add pat_ref_gen_set() function
pat_ref_gen_set(ref, gen_id, value, err) modifies to <value> the sample
of all patterns matching <key> and belonging to <gen_id> (generation id)
under <ref>

The goal is to be able to target a single subset from <ref>
2024-11-26 16:12:11 +01:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
3d250b3be8 MINOR: pattern: split pat_ref_set()
split pat_ref_set() function in 2 distinct functions. Indeed, since
0844bed7d3 ("MEDIUM: map/acl: Improve pat_ref_set() efficiency (for
"set-map", "add-acl" action perfs)"), pat_ref_set() prototype was updated
to include an extra <elt> argument. But the logic behind is not explicit
because the function will not only try to set <elt>, but also its
duplicate (unlike pat_ref_set_elt() which only tries to update <elt>).

Thus, to make it clearer and better distinguish between the key-based
lookup version and the elt-based one, restotre pat_ref_set() previous
prototype and add a dedicated pat_ref_set_elt_duplicate() that takes
<elt> as argument and tries to update <elt> and all duplicates.
2024-11-26 16:12:05 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
4d58f521ee [RELEASE] Released version 3.2-dev0
Released version 3.2-dev0 with the following main changes :
    - exact copy of 3.1.0
2024-11-26 15:33:57 +01:00
Christopher Faulet
b629f366a7 MINOR: version: mention that 3.1 is stable now
This version will be maintained up to around Q1 2026. The INSTALL file
also mentions it.
2024-11-26 15:23:54 +01:00
Amaury Denoyelle
2fffd85b97 BUG/MEDIUM: quic: prevent EMSGSIZE with GSO for larger bufsize
A UDP datagram cannot be greater than 65535 bytes, as UDP length header
field is encoded on 2 bytes. As such, sendmsg() will reject a bigger
input with error EMSGSIZE. By default, this does not cause any issue as
QUIC datagrams are limited to 1.252 bytes and sent individually.

However, with GSO support, value bigger than 1.252 bytes are specified
on sendmsg(). If using a bufsize equal to or greater than 65535, syscall
could reject the input buffer with EMSGSIZE. As this value is not
expected, the connection is immediately closed by haproxy and the
transfer is interrupted.

This bug can easily reproduced by requesting a large object on loopback
interface and using a bufsize of 65535 bytes. In fact, the limit is
slightly less than 65535, as extra room is also needed for IP + UDP
headers.

Fix this by reducing the count of datagrams encoded in a single GSO
invokation via qc_prep_pkts(). Previously, it was set to 64 as specified
by man 7 udp. However, with 1252 datagrams, this is still too many.
Reduce it to a value of 52. Input to sendmsg will thus be restricted to
at most 65.104 bytes if last datagram is full.

If there is still data available for encoding in qc_prep_pkts(), they
will be written in a separate batch of datagrams. qc_send_ppkts() will
then loop over the whole QUIC Tx buffer and call sendmsg() for each
series of at most 52 datagrams.

This does not need to be backported.
2024-11-26 11:49:30 +01:00
Valentine Krasnobaeva
3500865bc1 REORG: startup: move mworker_apply_master_worker_mode in mworker.c
mworker_apply_master_worker_mode() is called only in master-worker mode, so
let's move it mworker.c
2024-11-25 15:20:24 +01:00
Valentine Krasnobaeva
dee247c14e REORG: startup: move mworker_reexec and mworker_reload in mworker.c
Let's move mworker_reexec() and mworker_reload() in mworker.c. mworker_reload()
is called only within the functions, which are already in mworker.c. So, this
reorganization allows to declare mworker_reload() as a static.
2024-11-25 15:20:24 +01:00
Valentine Krasnobaeva
0c7b93eb1d REORG: startup: move mworker_run_master and mworker_loop in mworker.c
mworker_run_master() is called only in master mode. mworker_loop() is static
and called only in mworker_run_master(). So let's move these both functions in
mworker.c.

We also need here to make run_thread_poll_loop() accessible from other units,
as it's used in mworker_loop().
2024-11-25 15:20:24 +01:00
Valentine Krasnobaeva
7974089ac6 REORG: startup: move mworker_prepare_master in mworker.c
mworker_prepare_master() performs some preparation routines for the new worker
process, which will be forked during the startup. It's called only in
master-worker mode, so let's move it in mworker.c.
2024-11-25 15:20:24 +01:00
Valentine Krasnobaeva
af642420b4 REORG: startup: move on_new_child_failure in mworker.c
mworker_on_new_child_failure() performs some routines for the worker process,
if it has failed the reload. As it's called only in mworker_catch_sigchld()
from mworker.c, let's move mworker_on_new_child_failure() in mworker.c as well.
Like this it could also be declared as a static.
2024-11-25 15:20:24 +01:00
Valentine Krasnobaeva
321c021a83 MINOR: startup: rename on_new_child_failure to mworker_on_new_child_failure
This patch prepares the moving of on_new_child_failure definition into
mworker.c. So, let's rename it accordingly and let's also update its
description.
2024-11-25 15:20:24 +01:00
Amaury Denoyelle
22bd92a87f MINOR: mux-quic: use sched call time for pacing
QUIC pacing was recently implemented to limit burst and improve overall
bandwidth. This is used only for MUX STREAM emission. Pacing requires
nanosecond resolution. As such, it used now_cpu_time() which relies on
clock_gettime() syscall.

The usage of clock_gettime() has several drawbacks :
* it is a syscall and thus requires a context-switch which may hurt
  performance
* it is not be available on all systems
* timestamp is retrieved multiple times during a single task execution,
  thus yielding different values which may tamper pacing calculation

Improve this by using task_mono_time() instead. This returns task call
time from the scheduler thread context. It requires the flag
TASK_F_WANTS_TIME on QUIC MUX tasklet to force the scheduler to update
call time with now_mono_time(). This solves every limitations listed
above :
* syscall invokation is only performed once before tasklet execution,
  thus reducing context-switch impact
* on non compatible system, a millisecond timer is used as a fallback
  which should ensure that pacing works decently for them
* timer value is now guaranteed to be fixed duing task execution
2024-11-25 11:21:45 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
670507a66e MINOR: tools: add a new function "resolve_dso_name" to find a symbol's DSO
In the memprofile summary per DSO, we currently have to pay a high price
by calling dladdr() on each symbol when doing the summary per DSO at the
end, while we're not interested in these details, we just want the DSO
name which can be made cheaper to obtain, and easier to manipulate. So
let's create resolve_dso_name() to only extract minimal information from
an address. At the moment it still uses dladdr() though it avoids all the
extra expensive work, and will further be able to leverage the same
mechanism as "show libs" to instantly spot DSO from address ranges.
2024-11-21 19:58:06 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
5ddc8b3ad4 MINOR: activity/memprofile: monitor non-portable calls as well
Some dependencies might very well rely on posix_memalign(), strndup()
or other less portable callsn making us miss them when chasing memory
leaks, resulting in negative global allocation counters. Let's provide
the handlers for the following functions:

  strndup()        // _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L || glibc >= 2.10
  valloc()         // _BSD_SOURCE || _XOPEN_SOURCE>=500 || glibc >= 2.12
  aligned_alloc()  // _ISOC11_SOURCE
  posix_memalign() // _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
  memalign()       // obsolete
  pvalloc()        // obsolete

This time we don't fail if they're not found, we just silently forward
the calls.
2024-11-21 19:58:06 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
33c0ce299d MINOR: activity/memprofile: also monitor strdup() activity
Some memory profiling outputs have showed negative counters, very likely
due to some libs calling strdup(). Let's add it to the list of monitored
activities.

Actually even haproxy itself uses some. Having "profiling.memory on" in
the config reveals 35 call places.
2024-11-21 19:58:06 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
623a2c4e19 CLEANUP: activity: better use a mask to tests freeing methods
In "show profiling memory", we need to distinguish methods which really
free memory from those which do not so that we don't account for the
free value twice. However for now it's done using multiple tests, which
are going to complicate the addition of new methods. Let's switch to a
bit field defined as a mask in a single place instead, as we don't
intend to use more than 32/64 methods!
2024-11-21 19:58:06 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
859341c1ec MINOR: activity/memprofile: offer a function to unregister stale info
There's actually a problem with memprofiles: the pool pointer is stored
in ->info but some pools are replaced during startup, such as the trash
pool, leaving a dangling pointer there.

Let's complete the API with a new function memprof_remove_stale_info()
that will remove all stale references to this info pointer. It's also
present when USE_MEMORY_PROFILING is not set so as to ease the job on
callers.
2024-11-21 19:58:06 +01:00
Valentine Krasnobaeva
bfe0f9d02d MINOR: startup: use global progname variable
Let's store progname in the global variable, as it is handy to use it in
different parts of code to format messages sent to stdout.

This reduces the number of arguments, which we should pass to some functions.
2024-11-21 19:55:21 +01:00
Valentine Krasnobaeva
ef154a49e1 MINOR: capabilities: rename program_name argument to progname
This commit prepares the usage of the global progname variable.
prepare_caps_from_permitted_set() use progname value in warning messages. So,
let's rename program_name argument to progname.
2024-11-21 19:55:21 +01:00
Frederic Lecaille
01fcbd6c08 BUG/MINOR: quic: Missing application limitations tracking for BBR
The ->app_limited member of the delivery rate struct (quic_cc_drs) aim is to
store the index of the last transmitted byte marked as application-limited
so that to track the application-limited phases. During these phases,
BBR must ignore delivery rate samples to properly estimate the delivery rate.

Without such a patch, the Startup phase could be exited very quickly with
a very low estimated bottleneck bandwidth. This had a very bad impact
on little objects with download times smaller than the expected Startup phase
duration. For such objects, with enough bandwith, BBR should stay in the Startup
state.

No need to be backported, as BBR is implemented in the current developement version.
2024-11-21 19:23:53 +01:00
Amaury Denoyelle
95d3edd68f MINOR: quic: support pacing for newreno and nocc
Extend extra pacing support for newreno and nocc congestion algorithms,
as with cubic.

For better extensibility of cc algo definition, define a new flags field
in quic_cc_algo structure. For now, the only value is
QUIC_CC_ALGO_FL_OPT_PACING which is set if pacing support can be
optionally activated. Both cubic, newreno and nocc now supports this.

This new flag is then reused by QUIC config parser. If set, extra
quic-cc-algo burst parameter is taken into account. If positive, this
will activate pacing support on top of the congestion algorithm. As with
cubic previously, pacing is only supported if running under experimental
mode.

Only BBR is not flagged with this new value as pacing is directly
builtin in the algorithm and cannot be turn off. Furthermore, BBR
calculates automatically its value for maximum burst. As such, any
quic-cc-algo burst argument used with BBR is still ignored with a
warning.
2024-11-21 11:33:44 +01:00
Christopher Faulet
e58a30d369 MINOR: cfgparse: Emit a warning for misplaced "tcp-response content" rules
When a "tcp-response content" rule is placed after a "http-response" rule, a
warning is now emitted, just like for rules applied on the requests.
2024-11-21 09:55:04 +01:00
Christopher Faulet
5dcd3b0d99 CLEANUP: cfgparse: Add direction in functions name that warn on misplaced rules
This only concerns functions emitting warnings about misplaced tcp-request
rules. The direction is now specified in the functions name. For instance
"warnif_misplaced_tcp_conn" is replaced by "warnif_misplaced_tcp_req_conn".
2024-11-21 09:51:37 +01:00
Christopher Faulet
7710580428 MINOR: config: Improve warnings on misplaced rules by adding an optional arg
In warnings about misplaced rules, only the first keyword is mentionned. It
works well for http-request or quic-initial rules for instance. But it is a
bit confusing for tcp-request rules, because the layer is missing (session
or content).

To make it a bit systematic (and genric), the second argument can now be
provided. It can be set to NULL if there is no layer or scope. But
otherwise, it may be specified and it will be reported in the warning.

So the following snippet:

    tcp-request content reject if FALSE
    tcp-request session reject if FALSE
    tcp-request connection reject if FALSE

Will now emit the following warnings:

  a 'tcp-request session' rule placed after a 'tcp-request content' rule will still be processed before.
  a 'tcp-request connection' rule placed after a 'tcp-request session' rule will still be processed before.

This patch should fix the issue #2596.
2024-11-21 09:28:42 +01:00
Frederic Lecaille
d85eb127e9 MINOR: quic: quic_loss modifications to support BBR
qc_packet_loss_lookup() aim is to detect the packet losses. This is this function
which must called ->on_pkt_lost() BBR specific callback. It also set
<bytes_lost> passed parameter to the total number of bytes detected as lost upon
an ACK frame receipt for its caller.
Modify qc_release_lost_pkts() to call ->congestion_event() with the send time
from the newest packet detected as lost.
Modify qc_release_lost_pkts() to call ->slow_start() callback only if define
by the congestion control algorithm. This is not the case for BBR.
2024-11-20 17:34:22 +01:00
Frederic Lecaille
af75665cb7 MINOR: quic: quic_cc modifications to support BBR
Add several callbacks to quic_cc_algo struct which are only called by BBR.
->get_drs() may be used to retrieve the delivery rate sampling information
from an congestion algorithm struct (quic_cc).
->on_transmit() must be called before sending any packet a QUIC sender.
->on_ack_rcvd() must be called after having received an ACK.
->on_pkt_lost() must be called after having detected a packet loss.
->congestion_event() must be called after any congestion event detection
Modify quic_cc.c to call ->event only if defined. This is not the case
for BBR.
2024-11-20 17:34:22 +01:00
Frederic Lecaille
d04adf44dc MINOR: quic: implement BBR congestion control algorithm for QUIC
Implement the version 3 of BBR for QUIC specified by the IETF in this draft:

https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-ietf-ccwg-bbr/

Here is an extract from the Abstract part to sum up the the capabilities of BBR:

BBR ("Bottleneck Bandwidth and Round-trip propagation time") uses recent
measurements of a transport connection's delivery rate, round-trip time, and
packet loss rate to build an explicit model of the network path. BBR then uses
this model to control both how fast it sends data and the maximum volume of data
it allows in flight in the network at any time. Relative to loss-based congestion
control algorithms such as Reno [RFC5681] or CUBIC [RFC9438], BBR offers
substantially higher throughput for bottlenecks with shallow buffers or random
losses, and substantially lower queueing delays for bottlenecks with deep buffers
(avoiding "bufferbloat"). BBR can be implemented in any transport protocol that
supports packet-delivery acknowledgment. Thus far, open source implementations
are available for TCP [RFC9293] and QUIC [RFC9000].

In haproxy, this implementation is considered as still experimental. It depends
on the newly implemented pacing feature.

BBR was asked in GH #2516 by @KazuyaKanemura, @osevan and @kennyZ96.
2024-11-20 17:34:22 +01:00
Frederic Lecaille
472d575950 MINOR: quic: implement delivery rate sampling algorithm
This patch implements an algorithm which may be used by congestion algorithms
for QUIC to estimate the current delivery rate of a sender. It is at least used
by BBR and could be used by others congestion algorithms as cubic.

This algorithm was specified by an RFC draft here:
https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/draft-cheng-iccrg-delivery-rate-estimation
before being merged into BBR v3 here:
https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/draft-cardwell-ccwg-bbr#section-4.5.2.2
2024-11-20 17:34:22 +01:00
Frederic Lecaille
c08b877657 MINOR: window_filter: Implement windowed filter (only max)
Implement the Kathleen Nichols' algorithm used by several congestion control
algorithm implementation (TCP/BBR in Linux kernel, QUIC/BBR in quiche) to track
the maximum value of a data type during a fixe time interval.
In this implementation, counters which are periodically reset are used in place
of timestamps.
Only the max part has been implemented.
(see lib/minmax.c implemenation for Linux kernel).
2024-11-20 17:34:22 +01:00
Frederic Lecaille
7bbe8828ba MINOR: quic: Add the congestion window initial value to QUIC path
Add ->initial_wnd new member to quic_cc_path struct to keep the initial value
of the congestion window. This member is initialized as soon as a QUIC connection
is allocated. This modification is required for BBR congestion control algorithm.
2024-11-20 17:34:22 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
1171a23aec BUILD: makefile: make ERR apply to build options as well
Once in a while we find some makefiles ignoring some outdated arguments
and just emit a warning. What's annoying is that if users (say, distro
packagers), have purposely added ERR=1 to their build scripts to make
sure to fail on any warning, these ones will be ignored and the build
can continue with invalid or missing options.

William rightfully suggested that ERR=1 should also catch make's warnings
so this patch implements this, by creating a new "complain" variable that
points either to "error" or "warning" depending on $(ERR), and that is
used to send the messages using $(call $(complain),...). This does the
job right at little effort (tested from GNU make 3.82 to 4.3).

Note that for this purpose the ERR declaration was upped in the makefile
so that it appears before the new errors.mk file is included.
2024-11-20 14:58:35 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
12fcd65468 MINOR: tasklet: support an optional set of wakeup flags to tasklet_wakeup_on()
tasklet_wakeup_on() and its derivates (tasklet_wakeup_after() and
tasklet_wakeup()) do not support passing a wakeup cause like
task_wakeup(). This is essentially due to an API limitation cause by
the fact that for a very long time the only reason for waking up was
to process pending I/O. But with the growing complexity of mux tasks,
it is becoming important to be able to skip certain heavy processing
when not strictly needed.

One possibility is to permit the caller of tasklet_wakeup() to pass
flags like task_wakeup(). Instead of going with a complex naming scheme,
let's simply make the flags optional and be zero when not specified. This
means that tasklet_wakeup_on() now takes either 2 or 3 args, and that the
third one is the optional flags to be passed to the callee. Eligible flags
are essentially the non-persistent ones (TASK_F_UEVT* and TASK_WOKEN_*)
which are cleared when the tasklet is executed. This way the handler
will find them in its <state> argument and will be able to distinguish
various causes for the call.
2024-11-19 20:13:41 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
0334cb28a9 MINOR: tasklet: make the low-level tasklet API take a flag
Everything in the tasklet layer supports flags, except that they are
just not implemented in the wakeup functions, while they are in the
task_wakeup functions. Initially it was not considered useful to pass
wakeup causes because these were essentially I/O, but with the growing
number of I/O handlers having to deal with various types of operations
(typically cheap I/O notifications on subscribe vs heavy parsing on
application-level wakeups), it would be nice to start to make this
distinction possible.

This commit extends _tasklet_wakeup_on() and _tasklet_wakeup_after()
to pass a set of flags that continues to be set as zero. For now this
changes nothing, but new functions will come.
2024-11-19 20:13:41 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
e57581d76d MINOR: tools: add new macro DEFZERO to provide a default zero argument
This is the equivalent of DEFNULL except that it sets a zero value instead
of a NULL for a missing argument.
2024-11-19 20:13:41 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
c5052bad8a MINOR: sched: add TASK_F_WANTS_TIME to make the scheduler update the call date
Currently tasks being profiled have th_ctx->sched_call_date set to the
current nanosecond in monotonic time. But there's no other way to have
this, despite the scheduler being capable of it. Let's just declare a
new task flag, TASK_F_WANTS_TIME, that makes the scheduler take the time
just before calling the handler. This way, a task that needs nanosecond
resolution on the call date will be able to be called with an up-to-date
date without having to abuse now_mono_time() if not needed. In addition,
if CLOCK_MONOTONIC is not supported (now_mono_time() always returns 0),
the date is set to the most recently known now_ns, which is guaranteed
to be atomic and is only updated once per poll loop.

This date can be more conveniently retrieved using task_mono_time().

This can be useful, e.g. for pacing. The code was slightly adjusted so
as to merge the common parts between the profiling case and this one.
2024-11-19 20:13:41 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
12969c1b17 MINOR: tinfo/clock: turn sched_call_date to 64-bits
We used to store it in 32-bits since we'd only use it for latency and CPU
usage calculation but usages will evolve so let's not truncate the value
anymore. Now we store the full 64 bits. Note that this doesn't even
increase the storage size due to alignment. The 3 usage places were
verified to still be valid (most were already cast to 32 bits anyway).
2024-11-19 20:13:41 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
973c81ceec CLEANUP: tinfo: move sched_*_date/*_mono_time to the thread-local area
These ones are never atomically accessed, they have nothing to do in
the atomic ops cache line, let's move them to the thread-local area.
2024-11-19 20:13:41 +01:00
Amaury Denoyelle
5a29fd6c61 MINOR: mux_quic/pacing: display pacing info on show quic
To improve debugging, extend "show quic" output to report if pacing is
activated on a connection. Two values will be displayed for pacing :

* a new counter paced_sent_ctr is defined in QCC structure. It will be
  incremented each time an emission is interrupted due to pacing.

* pacing engine now saves the number of datagrams sent in the last paced
  emission. This will be helpful to ensure burst parameter is valid.
2024-11-19 16:21:05 +01:00
Amaury Denoyelle
24cea66e07 MEDIUM: quic: define cubic-pacing congestion algorithm
Define a new QUIC congestion algorithm token 'cubic-pacing' for
quic-cc-algo bind keyword. This is identical to default cubic
implementation, except that pacing is used for STREAM frames emission.

This algorithm supports an extra argument to specify a burst size. This
is stored into a new bind_conf member named quic_pacing_burst which can
be reuse to initialize quic path.

Pacing support is still considered experimental. As such, 'cubic-pacing'
can only be used with expose-experimental-directives set.
2024-11-19 16:20:58 +01:00
Amaury Denoyelle
796446a15e MAJOR: mux-quic: support pacing emission
Support pacing emission for STREAM frames at the QUIC MUX layer. This is
implemented by adding a quic_pacer engine into QCC structure.

The main changes have been written into qcc_io_send(). It now
differentiates cases when some frames have been rejected by transport
layer. This can occur as previously due to congestion or FD buffer full,
which requires subscribing on transport layer. The new case is when
emission has been interrupted due to pacing timing. In this case, QUIC
MUX I/O tasklet is rescheduled to run with the flag TASK_F_USR1.

On tasklet execution, if TASK_F_USR1 is set, all standard processing for
emission and reception is skipped. Instead, a new function
qcc_purge_sending() is called. Its purpose is to retry emission with the
saved STREAM frames list. Either all remaining frames can now be send,
subscribe is done on transport error or tasklet must be rescheduled for
pacing purging.

In the meantime, if tasklet is rescheduled due to other conditions,
TASK_F_USR1 is reset. This will trigger a full regeneration of STREAM
frames. In this case, pacing expiration must be check before calling
qcc_send_frames() to ensure emission is now allowed.
2024-11-19 16:16:48 +01:00
Amaury Denoyelle
ede4cd4c2e MINOR: mux-quic: encapsulate QCC tasklet wakeup
QUIC MUX will be responsible to drive emission with pacing. This will be
implemented via setting TASK_F_USR1 before I/O tasklet wakeup. To
prepare this, encapsulate each I/O tasklet wakeup into a new function
qcc_wakeup().

This commit is purely refactoring prior to pacing implementation into
QUIC MUX.
2024-11-19 16:16:48 +01:00
Amaury Denoyelle
4a94a018f0 MINOR: mux-quic: define a tx STREAM frame list member
For STREAM emission, MUX QUIC previously used a local list defined under
qcc_io_send(). This was suitable as either all frames were sent, or
emission must be interrupted due to transport congestion or fatal error.
In the latter case, the list was emptied anyway and a new frame list was
built on future qcc_io_send() invokation.

For pacing, MUX QUIC may have to save the frame list if pacing should be
applied across emission. This is necessary to avoid to unnecessarily
rebuilt stream frame list between each paced emission. To support this,
STREAM list is now stored as a member of QCC structure.

Ensure frame list is always deleted, even on QCC release, using newly
defined utility function qcc_tx_frms_free().
2024-11-19 16:16:48 +01:00
Amaury Denoyelle
886a7c475c MINOR: quic/pacing: add burst support
qc_send_mux() has been extended previously to support pacing emission.
This will ensure that no more than one datagram will be emitted during
each invokation. However, to achieve better performance, it may be
necessary to emit a batch of several datagrams one one turn.

A so-called burst value can be specified by the user in the
configuration. However, some congestion control algos may defined their
owned dynamic value. As such, a new CC callback pacing_burst is defined.

quic_cc_default_pacing_burst() can be used for algo without pacing
interaction, such as cubic. It will returns a static value based on user
selected configuration.
2024-11-19 16:16:48 +01:00
Amaury Denoyelle
8039fe43e6 MINOR: quic/pacing: support pacing emission on quic_conn layer
Pacing will be implemented for STREAM frames emission. As such,
qc_send_mux() API has been extended to add an argument to a quic_pacer
engine.

If non NULL, engine will be used to pace emission. In short, no more
than one datagram will be emitted for each qc_send_mux() invokation.
Pacer is then notified about the emission and a timer for a future
emission is calculated. qc_send_mux() will return PACING error value, to
inform QUIC MUX layer that it will be responsible to retry emission
after some delay.
2024-11-19 16:16:48 +01:00
Amaury Denoyelle
ab82fab442 MINOR: quic/pacing: implement quic_pacer engine
Extend quic_pacer engine to support pacing emission. Several functions
are defined.
* quic_pacing_sent_done() to notify engine about an emission of one or
  several datagrams
* quic_pacing_expired() to check if emission should be delayed or can be
  conducted immediately
2024-11-19 16:16:48 +01:00
Amaury Denoyelle
3e11492c99 MINOR: quic: define quic_pacing module
Add a new module quic_pacing. A new structure quic_pacer is defined.
This will be used as a pacing engine to implement smooth emission of
QUIC data.
2024-11-19 16:16:48 +01:00
Amaury Denoyelle
7fd48a5723 MINOR: quic: extend qc_send_mux() return type with a dedicated enum
This commit is part of a adjustment on QUIC transport send API to
support pacing. Here, qc_send_mux() return type has been changed to use
a new enum quic_tx_err.

This is useful to explain different failure causes of emission. For now,
only two values have been defined : NONE and FATAL. When pacing will be
implemented, a new value would be added to specify that emission was
interrupted on pacing. This won't be a fatal error as this allows to
retry emission but not immediately.
2024-11-19 16:16:48 +01:00
Amaury Denoyelle
5cb8f8a622 MINOR: quic: support a max number of built packet per send iteration
Extend QUIC transport emission function to support a maximum datagram
argument. The purpose is to ensure that qc_send() won't emit more than
the specified value, unless it is 0 which is considered as unlimited.

In qc_prep_pkts(), a counter of built datagram has been added to support
this. The packet building loop is interrupted if it reaches a specified
maximum value. Also, its return value has been changed to the number of
prepared datagrams. This is reused by qc_send() to interrupt its work if
a specified max datagram argument value is reached over one or several
iteration of prepared/sent datagrams.

This change is necessary to support pacing emission. Note that ideally,
the total length in bytes of emitted datagrams should be taken into
account instead of the raw number of datagrams. However, for a first
implementation, it was deemed easier to implement it with the latter.
2024-11-19 16:16:48 +01:00
Amaury Denoyelle
4069873403 MINOR: mux-quic: add missing values for show flags
Add QCC QC_CF_WAIT_FOR_HS and QCS QC_SF_TXBUB_OOB flags to their
respective show_flags to be able to decipher them via dev flags utility.

These values have been added in the current dev version, thus no need to
backport this patch.
2024-11-19 16:16:48 +01:00
Christopher Faulet
bc967758a2 MINIR: mux-h1: Return 414 or 431 when appropriate
When the request is too large to fit in a buffer a 414 or a 431 error
message is returned depending on the error state of the request parser. A
414 is returned if the URI is too long, otherwise a 431 is returned.

This patch should fix the issue #1309.
2024-11-19 15:29:40 +01:00
Christopher Faulet
62dc8750a9 MINOR: http: Add support for HTTP 414/431 status codes
414-Uri-Too-Long and 431-Request-Header-Fields-Too-Large are now part of
supported status codes that can be define as error files. The hash table
defined in http_get_status_idx() was updated accordingly.
2024-11-19 15:29:40 +01:00
Christopher Faulet
1be7140ade MINOR: http-ana: Add support for "set-cookie-fmt" option to redirect rules
It is now possible to use a log-format string to define the "Set-Cookie"
header value of a response generated by a redirect rule. There is no special
check on the result format and it is not possible during the configuration
parsing. It is proably not a big deal because already existing "set-cookie"
and "clear-cookie" options don't perform any check.

Here is an example:

  http-request redirect location https://someurl.com/ set-cookie haproxy="%[var(txn.var)]"

This patch should fix the issue #1784.
2024-11-19 15:20:02 +01:00
Christopher Faulet
b2877db47c MINOR: http-ana: Add option to keep query-string on a localtion-based redirect
On prefix-based redirect, there is an option to drop the query-string of the
location. Here it is the opposite. an option is added to preserve the
query-string of the original URI for a localtion-based redirect.

By setting "keep-query" option, for a location-based redirect only, the
query-string of the original URI is appended to the location. If there is no
query-string, nothing is added (no empty '?'). If there is already a
non-empty query-string on the localtion, the original one is appended with
'&' separator.

This patch should fix issue #2728.
2024-11-19 15:20:02 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
82f190f882 MINOR: tools: make parse_size_err() support 32/64 bits
parse_size_err() currently is a function working only on an uint. It's
not convenient for certain elements such as rings on large machines.

This commit addresses this by having one function for uints and one
for ullong, and making parse_size_err() a macro that automatically
calls one or the other. It also has the benefit of automatically
supporting compatible types (long, size_t etc).
2024-11-19 10:50:42 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
9c6ccb8dbb MEDIUM: config: warn on unitless timeouts < 100 ms
From time to time we face a configuration with very small timeouts which
look accidental because there could be expectations that they're expressed
in seconds and not milliseconds.

This commit adds a check for non-nul unitless values smaller than 100
and emits a warning suggesting to append an explicit unit if that was
the intent.

Only the common timeouts, the server check intervals and the resolvers
hold and timeout values were covered for now. All the code needs to be
manually reviewed to verify if it supports emitting warnings.

This may break some configs using "zero-warning", but greps in existing
configs indicate that these are extremely rare and solely intentionally
done during tests. At least even if a user leaves that after a test, it
will be more obvious when reading 10ms that something's probably not
correct.
2024-11-19 10:33:20 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
e72b525832 MINOR: cfgparse: parse tune.bufsize.small as a size
Till now this value was parsed as raw integer using atol() and would
silently ignore any trailing suffix, causing unexpected behaviors when
set, e.g. to "4k". Let's make use of parse_size_err() on it so that
units are supported. This requires to turn it to uint as well, which
was verified to be OK.
2024-11-18 19:07:05 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
a344d37fad MINOR: cfgparse: parse tune.bufsize as a size
Till now this value was parsed as raw integer using atol() and would
silently ignore any trailing suffix, preventing from starting when set
e.g. to "64k". Let's make use of parse_size_err() on it so that units are
supported. This requires to turn it to uint as well, and to explicitly
limit its range to INT_MAX - 2*sizeof(void*), which was previously
partially handled as part of the sign check.
2024-11-18 19:06:25 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
2f0c6ff3a5 MINOR: cfgparse: parse tune.recv_enough as a size
Till now this value was parsed as raw integer using atol() and would
silently ignore any trailing suffix, causing unexpected behaviors when
set, e.g. to "512k". Let's make use of parse_size_err() on it so that
units are supported. This requires to turn it to uint as well, and
since it's sometimes compared to an int, we limit its range to
0..INT_MAX.
2024-11-18 19:01:28 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
a90a7d4d60 MINOR: cfgparse: parse tune.pipesize as a size
Till now this value was parsed as raw integer using atol() and would
silently ignore any trailing suffix, causing unexpected behaviors when
set, e.g. to "512k". Let's make use of parse_size_err() on it so that
units are supported. This requires to turn it to uint as well, which
was verified to be OK.
2024-11-18 18:51:31 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
f9f28b7584 MINOR: cfgparse: parse tune.{rcvbuf,sndbuf}.{frontend,backend} as sizes
Till now these values were parsed as raw integer using atol() and would
silently ignore any trailing suffix, causing unexpected behaviors when
set, e.g. to "512k". Let's make use of parse_size_err() on them so that
units are supported. This requires to turn them to uint as well, which
is OK.
2024-11-18 18:50:02 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
a923c72357 MINOR: cfgparse: parse tune.{rcvbuf,sndbuf}.{client,server} as sizes
Till now these values were parsed as raw integer using atol() and would
silently ignore any trailing suffix, causing unexpected behaviors when
set, e.g. to "512k". Let's make use of parse_size_err() on them so that
units are supported. This requires to turn them to uint as well, which
is OK.
2024-11-18 18:49:01 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
00fcda1ff2 MINOR: acl: export find_acl_default()
It will be needed in a future patch, so let's export it (it was static).
2024-11-18 15:15:54 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
4fd6d15344 MINOR: mux-quic/h3: count glitches when they're reported
The qcc_report_glitch() function is now replaced with a macro to support
enumerating counters for each individual glitch line. For now this adds
36 such counters. The macro supports an optional description, though that
is not being used for now.

As a reminder, this requires to build with -DDEBUG_GLITCHES=1.
2024-11-14 20:43:33 +01:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
42710b7320 MEDIUM: uri_auth: implement clean uri_auth cleaning
proxy auth_uri struct was manually cleaned up during deinit, but the logic
behind was kind of akward because it was required to find out which ones
were shared or not. Instead, let's switch to a proper refcount mechanism
and free the auth_uri struct directly in proxy_free_common().
2024-11-14 15:03:38 +01:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
e1ec37ea51 MINOR: uri_auth: add stats_uri_auth_free helper
Let's now leverage stats_uri_auth_free() helper to free uri_auth struct
instead of manually performing the cleanup, which is error-prone.
2024-11-14 15:03:33 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
502790ed7e MINOR: debug: add a new counter type for glitches
COUNT_GLITCH() will implement an unconditional counter on its declaration
line when DEBUG_GLITCHES is set, and do nothing otherwise. The output will
be reported as "GLT" and can be filtered as "glt" on the CLI. The purpose
is to help figure what's happening if some glitches counters start going
through the roof. The macro supports an optional string argument to
describe the cause of the glitch (e.g. "truncated header"), which is then
reported in the dump.

For now this is conditioned by DEBUG_GLITCHES but if it turns out to be
light enough, maybe we'll keep it enabled full time. In this case it
might have to be moved away from debug dev, or at least documented (or
done as debug counters maybe so that dev can remain undocumented and
updatable within a branch?).
2024-11-14 08:49:38 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
e119095290 MINOR: debug: explicitly permit the counter condition to be empty
In order to count new event types, we'll need to support empty conditions
so that we don't have to fake if (1) that would pollute the output. This
change checks if #cond is an empty string before concatenating it with
the optional var args, and avoids dumping the colon on the dump if the
whole description is empty.
2024-11-14 08:47:00 +01:00
Valentine Krasnobaeva
d5d41dee3d MINOR: startup: replace HAPROXY_LOAD_SUCCESS with global load_status
After master-worker refactoring, master performs re-exec only once up to
receiving "reload" command or USR2 signal. There is no more the second
master's re-exec to free unused memory. Thus, there is no longer need to export
environment variable HAPROXY_LOAD_SUCCESS with worker process load status. This
status can be simply saved in a global variable load_status.
2024-11-13 09:50:05 +01:00
Amaury Denoyelle
8e0e7d9d1a BUG/MINOR: guid/server: ensure thread-safety on GUID insert/delete
Since 3.0, it is possible to assign a GUID to proxies, listeners and
servers. These objects are stored in a global tree guid_tree.

Proxies and listeners are static. However, servers may be added or
deleted at runtime, which imply that guid_tree must be protected. Fix
this by declaring a read-write lock to protect tree access.

For now, only guid_insert() and guid_remove() are protected using a
write lock. Outside of these, GUID tree is not accessed at runtime. If
server CLI commands are extended to support GUID as server identifier,
lookup operation should be extended with a read lock protection.

Note that during stat-file preloading, GUID tree is accessed for lookup.
However, as it is performed on startup which is single threaded, there
is no need for lock here. A BUG_ON() has been added to ensure this
precondition remains true.

This bug could caused a segfault when using dynamic servers with GUID.
However, it was never reproduced for now.

This must be backported up to 3.0. To avoid a conflict issue, the
previous cleanup patch can be merged before it.
2024-11-07 18:17:03 +01:00
Amaury Denoyelle
b70880cdc9 CLEANUP: guid: remove global tree export
guid_tree is not directly used outside of functions provided by the guid
module. Remove its export from the include file.
2024-11-07 17:20:00 +01:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
79a346aa28 MINOR: event_hdl: add event_hdl_sub_list_empty() helper func
event_hdl_sub_list_empty() may be used to know if the subscription list
passed as argument is empty or not (ie: if there currently are any
subcribers or not). It can be useful to know if the subscription is empty
is order to avoid unecessary preparation work and skip event publishing to
save CPU time if we already know that no one is interested in tracking the
changes for a given subscription list.
2024-11-07 11:35:55 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
84dd05e7d8 DEBUG: wdt: add a stats counter "BlockedTrafficWarnings" in show info
Every time a warning is issued about traffic being blocked, let's
increment a global counter so that we can check for this situation
in "show info".
2024-11-06 18:35:42 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
148eb5875f DEBUG: wdt: better detect apparently locked up threads and warn about them
In order to help users detect when threads are behaving abnormally, let's
try to emit a warning when one is no longer making any progress. This will
allow to catch faulty situations more accurately, instead of occasionally
triggering just after the long task. It will also let users know that there
is something wrong with their configuration, and inspect the call trace to
figure whether they're using excessively long rules or Lua for example (the
usual warnings about lua-load vs lua-load-per-thread are still reported).

The warning will only be emitted for threads not yet marked as stuck so
as not to interfere with panic dumps and avoid sending a warning just
before a panic. A tainted flag is set when this happens however (0x2000).
2024-11-06 18:35:42 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
0950778b3a MINOR: debug: add a function to dump a stuck thread
There's currently no way to just emit a warning informing that a thread
is stuck without crashing. This is a problem because sometimes users
would benefit from this info to clean up their configuration (e.g. abuse
of map_regm, lua-load etc).

This commit adds a new function ha_stuck_warning() that will emit a
warning indicating that the designated thread has been stuck for XX
milliseconds, with a number of streams blocked, and will make that
thread dump its own state. The warning will then be sent to stderr,
along with some reminders about the impacts of such situations to
encourage users to fix their configuration.

In order not to disrupt operations, a local 4kB buffer is allocated
in the stack. This should be quite sufficient.

For now the function is not used.
2024-11-06 18:35:42 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
1f34a0fd27 CLEANUP: stats: fix misleading comment on top of stat_idx_info
The comment asks to update the "metrics_info" array, which does not
exist, instead it's called stat_cols_info[] and is in stats.c. Let's
mention all that to save time searching for the needed info.

While no version seems to have ever known that "metrics_info", it's not
needed to backport this as it's only a comment.
2024-11-06 18:35:42 +01:00
Amaury Denoyelle
1767196d5b BUG/MINOR: quic: repeat packet parsing to deal with fragmented CRYPTO
A ClientHello may be splitted accross several different CRYPTO frames,
then mixed in a single QUIC packet. This is used notably by clients such
as chrome to render the first Initial packet opaque to middleboxes.

Each packet frame is handled sequentially. Out-of-order CRYPTO frames
are buffered in a ncbuf, until gaps are filled and data is transferred
to the SSL stack. If CRYPTO frames are heavily splitted with small
fragments, buffering may fail as ncbuf does not support small gaps. This
causes the whole packet to be rejected and unacknowledged. It could be
solved if the client reemits its ClientHello after remixing its CRYPTO
frames.

This patch is written to improve CRYPTO frame parsing. Each CRYPTO
frames which cannot be buffered due to ncbuf limitation are now stored
in a temporary list. Packet parsing is completed until all frames have
been handled. If temporary list is not empty, reparsing is done on the
stored frames. With the newly buffered CRYPTO frames, ncbuf insert
operation may this time succeeds if the frame now covers a whole gap.
Reparsing will loop until either no progress can be made or it has been
done at least 3 times, to prevent CPU utilization.

This patch should fix github issue #2776.

This should be backported up to 2.6, after a period of observation. Note
that it relies on the following refactor patches :
  MINOR: quic: extend return value of CRYPTO parsing
  MINOR: quic: use dynamically allocated frame on parsing
  MINOR: quic: simplify qc_parse_pkt_frms() return path
2024-11-06 14:29:14 +01:00
Amaury Denoyelle
d65e782c8c MINOR: quic: extend return value of CRYPTO parsing
qc_handle_crypto_frm() is the function used to handled a newly received
CRYPTO frame. Change its API to use a newly dedicated return type. This
allows to report if the frame was properly handled, ignored if already
parsed previously or rejected after a fatal error.

This commit does not have any functional changes. However, it allows to
simplify qc_handle_crypto_frm() API by removing <fast_retrans> as output
parameter. Also, this patch will be necessary to support multiple
iteration of packet parsing for CRYPTO frames.
2024-11-06 14:28:14 +01:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
24dd7154a6 MINOR: http: don't %-encode the payload when not relevant
As reported by Pierre Maoui in GH #2477, it's not possible to render
control chars from variables or expressions verbatim in the payload part
of http-return statements. That's a problem because this part should not
require to be encoded at all (we could even imagine building favicons on
the fly for example).

In fact it is the LOG_OPT_HTTP option when passed as default options on
parse_logformat_string() which tells the log encoder that the payload
should be http-encoded using lf_chunk() instead of being printed using the
per-type encoder.

This option was set when parsing logformat expressions for lf-string
expression under http-return statements, as well as logformat expressions
for set-map action. While it is true that those actions may only be
used under http context, the LOG_OPT_HTTP logformat option is not relevant
there, because the payload is expected to be used without being encoded.

So let's simply get rid of this option when parsing logformat expressions
for set-map action key/value and lf-string from http-request return
action, and add a note next to LOG_OPT_HTTP option to indicate that it is
used to tell the log encoder that the payload should be HTTP-encoded.

Thanks to Pierre for having reported the issue and Willy for the
analysis and patch proposal.
2024-11-06 10:21:15 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
601b34fe7b MINOR: connection: add new sample fetch functions fc_err_name and bc_err_name
These functions return a symbolic error code such as ECONNRESET to keep
logs compact while making them human-readable. It's a good alternative
to the numeric code in that it's more expressive, and a good one to the
full message since it's shorter and more precise (some codes even match
errno names).

The doc was updated so that the symbolic names appear in the table. It
could be useful to backport this feature to help with troubleshooting
some issues, though backporting the doc might possibly be more annoying
in case users have local patches already, so maybe the table update does
not need to be backported in this case.
2024-11-05 18:57:43 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
00c383ff65 MINOR: connection: add more connection error codes to cover common errno
While we get reports of connection setup errors in fc_err/bc_err, we
don't have the equivalent for the recv/send/splice syscalls. Let's
add provisions for new codes that cover the common errno values that
recv/send/splice can return, i.e. ECONNREFUSED, ENOMEM, EBADF, EFAULT,
EINVAL, ENOTCONN, ENOTSOCK, ENOBUFS, EPIPE. We also add a special case
for when the poller reported the error itself. It's worth noting that
EBADF/EFAULT/EINVAL will generally indicate serious bugs in the code
and should not be reported.

The only thing is that it's quite hard to forcefully (and reliably)
trigger these errors in automated tests as the timing is critical.
Using iptables to manually reset established connections in the
middle of large transfers at least permits to see some ECONNRESET
and/or EPIPE, but the other ones are harder to trigger.
2024-11-05 18:57:43 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
393957908b CLEANUP: connection: properly name the CO_ER_SSL_FATAL enum entry
It was the only one prefixed with "CO_ERR_", making it harder to batch
process and to look up. It was added in 2.5 by commit 61944f7a73 ("MINOR:
ssl: Set connection error code in case of SSL read or write fatal failure")
so it can be backported as far as 2.6 if needed to help integrate other
patches.
2024-11-05 18:57:42 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
b300db55f6 BUILD: compiler: define __builtin_prefetch() for tcc
We're using a few occurrences of __builtin_prefetch() but tcc doesn't
know about it so let's give it a dummy definition. Now the code builds
and works again with tcc without thread support.
2024-11-05 15:43:17 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
033db091fc BUILD: import/mt_list: support building with TCC
TCC is often convenient to quickly test builds, run CI tests etc. It has
limited thread support (e.g. no thread-local stuff) but that is often
sufficient for testing. TCC lacks __atomic_exchange_n() but has the
exactly equivalent __atomic_exchange(), and doesn't have any barrier.
For this reason we force the atomic_exchange to use the stricter SEQ_CST
mem ordering that allows to ignore the barrier.

[wt: that's upstream commit ca8b865 ("BUILD: support building with TCC")]
2024-11-05 15:43:17 +01:00
William Lallemand
e75a019fba MINOR: startup: tune.renice.{startup,runtime} allow to change priorities
This commit introduces the tune.renice.startup and tune.renice.runtime
global keywords that allows to change the priority with setpriority().

tune.renice.startup is parsed and applied in the worker or the standalone
process for configuration parsing. If this keyword is used alone, the
nice value is changed to the previous one after configuration parsing.

tune.renice.runtime is applied after configuration parsing, so in the
worker or a standalone process. Combined with tune.renice.startup it
allows to have a different nice value during configuration parsing and
during runtime.

The feature was discussed in github issue #1919.

Example:

   global
        tune.renice.startup 15
        tune.renice.runtime 0
2024-11-04 17:48:58 +01:00
Christopher Faulet
64554a55f4 MINOR: stream: Add http-buffer-request option in the waiting entities
When http-buffer-request option is set on a proxy, the processing will be
paused to wait the full request payload or a full buffer. So it is an entity
that block the processing, just like a rule or a filter that yields. So now,
it is reported as a waiting entity if an error or a timeout occurred.

To do so, an stream entity type is added for this option. There is no
pointer. And "waiting_entity" sample fetch returns the option name.
2024-10-31 20:24:50 +01:00
Christopher Faulet
c64712b085 MINOR: stream: Use an enum to identify last and waiting entities for streams
Instead of using 1 for last/waiting rule and 2 for last/waiting filter, an
enum is used. It is less ambiguous this way.
2024-10-31 20:24:37 +01:00
Christopher Faulet
537f20eb3e MINOR: stream: Save the entity waiting to continue its processing
When a rule or a filter yields because it waits for something to be able to
continue its processing, this entity is saved in the stream. If an error or
a timeout occurred, info on this entity may be retrieved via the
"waiting_entity" sample fetch, for instance to dump it in the logs. This
info may be useful to found root cause of some bugs because it is a way to
know the processing was temporarily stopped. This may explain timeouts for
instance.

The sample fetch is not documented yet.
2024-10-31 16:40:09 +01:00
Christopher Faulet
53de6da1c0 MINOR: stream: Save the last filter evaluated interrupting the processing
It is very similar to the last evaluated rule. When a filter returns an
error that interrupts the processing, it is saved in the stream, in the
last_entity field, with the type 2. The pointer on filter config is
saved. This pointer never changes during runtime and is part of the proxy's
structure. It is an element of the filter_configs list in the proxy
structure.

"last_entity" sample fetch was update accordingly. The filter identifier is
returned, if defined. Otherwise the save pointer.
2024-10-31 16:39:04 +01:00
Christopher Faulet
c9fa78e747 MINOR: stream: Replace last_rule_file/line fields by a more generic field
The last evaluated rule is now saved in a generic structure, named
last_entity, with a type to identify it. The idea is to be able to store
other kind of entity that may interrupt a specific processing.

The type of the last evaluated rule is set to 1. It will be replace later by
an enum to be more explicit. In addition, the pointer to the rule itself is
saved instead of its location.

The sample fetch "last_entity" was added to retrieve the information about
it. In this case, it is the rule localtion, the config file containing the
rule followed by the line where the rule is defined, separated by a
colon. This sample fetch is not documented yet.
2024-10-31 16:36:39 +01:00
Amaury Denoyelle
dcf334168c MINOR: quic: move qc_send_mux() prototype into quic_tx.h
qc_send_mux() is defined in quic_tx.c. As such, its prototype is moved
from quic_conn.h to quic_tx.h.
2024-10-31 15:35:31 +01:00
Tristan
18582ede05 MEDIUM: socket: add zero-terminated ABNS alternative
When an abstract unix socket is bound by HAProxy (using "abns@" prefix),
NUL bytes are appended at the end of its path until sun_path is filled
(for a total of 108 characters).

Here we add an alternative to pass only the non-NUL length of that path
to connect/bind calls, such that the effective path of the socket's name
is as humanly written. This may be useful to interconnect with existing
softwares that implement abstract sockets with this logic instead of the
default haproxy one.

This is achieved by implementing the "abnsz" socket prefix (instead of
"abns"), which stands for "zero-terminated ABNS". "abnsz" prefix may be
used anywhere "abns" is. Internally, haproxy uses the custom socket
family (AF_CUST_ABNS vs AF_CUST_ABNSZ) to differentiate default abns
sockets from zero-terminated ones.

Documentation was updated and regtest was added.

Fixes GH issues #977 and #2479

Co-authored-by: Aurelien DARRAGON <adarragon@haproxy.com>
2024-10-29 12:15:24 +01:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
43861e3234 MEDIUM: sock_unix: use per-family addrcmp function
Thanks to previous commit, we may now use dedicated addrcmp functions for
each UNIX address family. This allows to simplify sock_unix_addrcmp()
function and avoid useless checks in order to try to guess the socket
type.

In this patch we implement sock_abns_addrcmp() and sock_abnsz_addrcmp()
functions, which are respectively used for ABNS and ABNSZ custom families

sock_unix_addrcmp() now only holds regular UNIX socket comparing logic.
2024-10-29 12:15:09 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
d24768ab44 MINOR: protocol: create abnsz socket address family
For now it's the same as abns. We'll need to modify sock_unix_addrcmp(),
and a few other ones to support effective path length when dealing with
the \0. Let's check with Tristan's patch for this (upcoming patch).

Co-authored-by: Aurelien DARRAGON <adarragon@haproxy.com>
2024-10-29 12:14:50 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
78ac312bbd MEDIUM: protocol: make abns a custom unix socket address family
This is a pre-requisite to adding the abnsz socket address family:

in this patch we make use of protocol API rework started by 732913f
("MINOR: protocol: properly assign the sock_domain and sock_family") in
order to implement a dedicated address family for ABNS sockets (based on
UNIX parent family).

Thanks to this, it will become trivial to implement a new ABNSZ (for abns
zero) family which is essentially the same as ABNS but with a slight
difference when it comes to path handling (ABNS uses the whole sun_path
length, while ABNSZ's path is zero terminated and evaluation stops at 0)

It was verified that this patch doesn't break reg-tests and behaves
properly (tests performed on the CLI with show sess and show fd).

Anywhere relevant, AF_CUST_ABNS is handled alongside AF_UNIX. If no
distinction needs to be made, real_family() is used to fetch the proper
real family type to handle it properly.

Both stream and dgram were converted, so no functional change should be
expected for this "internal" rework, except that proto will be displayed
as "abns_{stream,dgram}" instead of "unix_{stream,dgram}".

Before ("show sess" output):
  0x64c35528aab0: proto=unix_stream src=unix:1 fe=GLOBAL be=<NONE> srv=<none> ts=00 epoch=0 age=0s calls=1 rate=0 cpu=0 lat=0 rq[f=848000h,i=0,an=00h,ax=] rp[f=80008000h,i=0,an=00h,ax=] scf=[8,0h,fd=21,rex=10s,wex=] scb=[8,1h,fd=-1,rex=,wex=] exp=10s rc=0 c_exp=

After:
  0x619da7ad74c0: proto=abns_stream src=unix:1 fe=GLOBAL be=<NONE> srv=<none> ts=00 epoch=0 age=0s calls=1 rate=0 cpu=0 lat=0 rq[f=848000h,i=0,an=00h,ax=] rp[f=80008000h,i=0,an=00h,ax=] scf=[8,0h,fd=22,rex=10s,wex=] scb=[8,1h,fd=-1,rex=,wex=] exp=10s rc=0 c_exp=

Co-authored-by: Aurelien DARRAGON <adarragon@haproxy.com>
2024-10-29 12:14:25 +01:00
William Lallemand
596db3ef86 BUG/MINOR: trace: stop rewriting argv with -dt
When using trace with -dt, the trace_parse_cmd() function is doing a
strtok which write \0 into the argv string.

When using the mworker mode, and reloading, argv was modified and the
trace won't work anymore because the first : is replaced by a '\0'.

This patch fixes the issue by allocating a temporary string so we don't
modify the source string directly. It also replace strtok by its
reentrant version strtok_r.

Must be backported as far as 2.9.
2024-10-29 11:01:47 +01:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
24131dee30 MINOR: tools: add strnlen2() helper
strnlen2() is functionally equivalent to strnlen(). Goal is to provide
an alternative to strnlen() which is not portable since it requires
_POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
2024-10-28 14:59:35 +01:00
Willy Tarreau
fba48e1c40 MINOR: pools: export the pools variable
We want it to be accessible from debuggers for inspection and it's
currently unavailable. Let's start by exporting it as a first step.
2024-10-24 16:12:46 +02:00
Christopher Faulet
362de90f3e BUG/MINOR: stconn: Don't disable 0-copy FF if EOS was reported on consumer side
There is no reason to disable the 0-copy data forwarding if an end-of-stream
was reported on the consumer side. Indeed, the consumer will send data in
this case. So there is no reason to check the read side here.

This patch may be backported as far as 2.9.
2024-10-24 12:07:50 +02:00
Amaury Denoyelle
7a02fcaf20 BUG/MEDIUM: server: fix race on servers_list during server deletion
Each server is inserted in a global list named servers_list on
new_server(). This list is then only used to finalize servers
initialization after parsing.

On dynamic server creation, there is no issue as new_server() is under
thread isolation. However, when a server is deleted after its refcount
reached zero, srv_drop() removes it from servers_list without lock
protection. In the longterm, this can cause list corruption and crashes,
especially if multiple adjacent servers are removed in parallel.

To fix this, convert servers_list to a mt_list. This should not impact
performance as servers_list is not used during runtime outside of server
creation/deletion.

This should fix github issue #2733. Thanks to Chris Staite who first
found the issue here.

This must be backported up to 2.6.
2024-10-24 11:35:57 +02:00
Valentine Krasnobaeva
ddb829bb51 MINOR: mworker/cli: split mworker_cli_proxy_create
There are two parts in mworker_cli_proxy_create(): allocating and setting up
MASTER proxy and allocating and setting up servers on ipc_fd[0] of the
sockpairs shared with workers.

So, let's split mworker_cli_proxy_create() into two functions respectively.
Each of them takes **errmsg as an argument to write an error message, which may
be triggered by some subcalls. The content of this errmsg will allow to extend
the final alert message shown to user, if these new functions will fail.

The main goals of this split is to allow to move these two parts independantly
in future and makes the code of haproxy initialization in haproxy.c more
transparent.
2024-10-24 11:32:20 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
19e4ec43b9 MINOR: filters: add per-filter call counters
The idea here is to record how many times a filter is being called on a
stream. We're incrementing the same counter all along, regardless of the
type of event, since the purpose is essentially to detect one that might
be misbehaving. The number of calls is reported in "show sess all" next
to the filter name. It may also help detect suboptimal processing. For
example compressing 1GB shows 138k calls to the compression filter, which
is roughly two calls per buffer. Maybe we wake up with incomplete buffers
and compress less. That's left for a future analysis.
2024-10-22 20:13:00 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
37d5c6fe3a MINOR: stream: maintain per-stream counters of the number of passes on code
Process_stream() is a complex function and a few times some lopos were
either witnessed or suspected. Each time this happens it's extremely
difficult to figure why because it involves combinations of analysers,
filters, errors etc.

Let's at least maintain a set of 4 counters per stream that report the
number of times we've been through each of the 4 most important blocks
(stconn changes, request analysers, response analysers, and propagation
of changes down). These ones are stored in the stream and reported in
"show sess all", just like they will be reported in panic dumps.
2024-10-22 20:13:00 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
da66c42f65 MINOR: debug: add a new debug macro COUNT_IF()
This macro works exactly like BUG_ON() except that it never logs anything
nor crashes, it only implements an atomic counter that is incremented on
every call. This can be used to count a number of unlikely events that are
worth checking at run time on setups showing unusual and unreproducible
behaviors.
2024-10-21 19:14:07 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
776fd03509 MEDIUM: debug: add match counters for BUG_ON/WARN_ON/CHECK_IF
These macros do not always kill the process, and sometimes it would be
nice to know if some match or not, and how many times (especially for the
CHECK_IF one).

This commit adds a new section "dbg_cnt" made of structs that contain
function name, file name, line number, check type, condition and match
count. A newe macro __DBG_COUNT() adds one to the counter, and is placed
inside _BUG_ON() and _BUG_ON_ONCE(). It's worth noting that the exact
type of the check is not very precise but in practice we don't care,
as most checks will cause the process to die anyway unless they're of
type _BUG_ON_ONCE() (used by CHECK_IF by default).

All of this is limited to !defined(USE_OBSOLETE_LINKER) because we're
creating a section, thus we need a modern linker to be able to scan
this section later. Doing so adds ~50kB to the executable due to the
~1266 BUG_ON() and others placed there. That's not huge in comparison
to the visibility it can provide.
2024-10-21 19:14:07 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
8844ed2009 CLEANUP: debug: make the BUG_ON() macros check the condition in the outer one
The BUG_ON() macros are made of two levels so as to resolve the condition
to a string. However this doesn't offer much flexibility for performing
other operations when the condition is validated, so let's adjust them so
that the condition is checked in the outer macro and the operations are
performed in the inner one.
2024-10-21 18:17:25 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
278b9613a3 MEDIUM: debug: on panic, make the target thread automatically allocate its buf
One main problem with panic dumps is that they're filling the dumping
thread's trash, and that the global thread_dump_buffer is too small to
catch enough of them.

Here we're proceeding differently. When dumping threads for a panic, we're
passing the magic value 0x2 as the buffer, and it will instruct the target
thread to allocate its own buffer using get_trash_chunk() (which is signal
safe), so that each thread dumps into its own buffer. Then the thread will
wait for the buffer to be consumed, and will assign its own thread_dump_buffer
to it. This way we can simply dump all threads' buffers from gdb like this:

  (gdb) set $t=0
        while ($t < global.nbthread)
          printf "%s\n", ha_thread_ctx[$t].thread_dump_buffer.area
          set $t=$t+1
        end

For now we make it wait forever since it's only called on panic and we
want to make sure the thread doesn't leave and continues to use that trash
buffer or do other nasty stuff. That way the dumping thread will make all
of them die.

This would be useful to backport to the most recent branches to help
troubleshooting. It backports well to 2.9, except for some trivial
context in tinfo-t.h for an updated comment. 2.8 and older would also
require TAINTED_PANIC. The following previous patches are required:

   MINOR: debug: make mark_tainted() return the previous value
   MINOR: chunk: drop the global thread_dump_buffer
   MINOR: debug: split ha_thread_dump() in two parts
   MINOR: debug: slightly change the thread_dump_pointer signification
   MINOR: debug: make ha_thread_dump_done() take the pointer to be used
   MINOR: debug: replace ha_thread_dump() with its two components
2024-10-19 16:01:52 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
afeac4bc02 MINOR: debug: replace ha_thread_dump() with its two components
At the few places we were calling ha_thread_dump(), now we're
calling separately ha_thread_dump_fill() and ha_thread_dump_done()
once the data are consumed.
2024-10-19 15:42:34 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
8e048603d1 MINOR: debug: make mark_tainted() return the previous value
Since mark_tainted() uses atomic ops to update the tainted status, let's
make it return the prior value, which will allow the caller to detect
if it's the first one to set it or not.
2024-10-19 15:13:47 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
84340d108b OPTIM: buffers: avoid a useless wrapping check for ofs == 0
As mentioned in previous commit, b_peek_ofs() performs a wrapping check
but is often called with ofs == 0 as a constant. We can detect this case
with __builtin_const_p() so it makes sense to use it. A test shows a size
reduction of about 320 bytes, which is not much, but it happens in hot code
paths, and each 16 bytes reduction indicates an eliminated conditional
branch.

Some clear winners are ci_getblk_nc() (-48 bytes), h2c_dec_hdrs (-141B),
h1_copy_msg_data (-124B), tcpcheck_spop_expect_hello (-80B),
h1_parse_msg_data (-44B). These ones will definitely benefit from doing
less conditional jumps.
2024-10-18 18:42:47 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
8b5a1fd1fc BUILD: buffers: keep b_getblk_nc() and b_peek_varint() in buf.h
Some large functions were moved to buf.c by commit ac66df4e2 ("REORG:
buffers: move some of the heavy functions from buf.h to buf.c"). However,
as found by Amaury, haring doesn't build anymore. Upon close inspection,
b_getblk_nc() isn't that big since it's very much inlinable, and a part
of its apparently large size comes from the BUG_ON_HOT() that were
implemented. Regarding b_peek_varint(), it doesn't have any dependency
and is used only at 4 places in the DNS code, so its loop will not have
big impacts, and the rest around can be optimised away by the compiler
so it remains relevant to keep it inlined. Also it can serve as a base
to deduplicate the code in b_get_varint().

No backport needed.
2024-10-18 17:53:25 +02:00
Dragan Dosen
f33e9079a9 MINOR: arg: add an argument type for identifier
The ARGT_ID argument type may now be used to set a custom resolve
function in order to help resolve the argument string value. If the
custom resolve function is not set, the behavior is the same as of
type ARGT_STR.
2024-10-18 14:30:24 +02:00
Frederic Lecaille
b1af5dabf0 BUG/MEDIUM: quic: avoid freezing 0RTT connections
This issue came with this commit:

	f627b92 BUG/MEDIUM: quic: always validate sender address on 0-RTT

and could be easily reproduced with picoquic QUIC client with -Q option
which splits a big ClientHello TLS message into two Initial datagrams.
A second condition must be fulfilled to reprodue this issue: picoquic
must not send the token provided by haproxy (NEW_TOKEN). To do that,
haproxy must be patched to prevent it to send such tokens.

Under these conditions, if haproxy has enough time to reply to the first Initial
datagrams, when it receives the second Initial datagram it sends a Retry paquet.
Then the client ignores the Retry paquet as mentionned by RFC 9000:

 17.2.5.2. Handling a Retry Packet
    A client MUST accept and process at most one Retry packet for each connection
    attempt. After the client has received and processed an Initial or Retry packet
    from the server, it MUST discard any subsequent Retry packets that it receives.

On its side, haproxy has closed the connection. When it receives the second
Initial datagram, it open a new connection but with Initial packets it
cannot decrypt (wrong ODCID) leaving the client without response.

To fix this, as the aim of the token (NEW_TOKEN) sent by haproxy is to validate
the peer address, in place of closing the connection when no token was received
for a 0RTT connection, one leaves this validation to the handshake process.
Indeed, the peer adress is validated during the handshake when a valid handshake
packet is received by the listener. But as one does not want haproxy to process
0RTT data when no token was received, one does not accept the connection before
the successful handshake completion. In addition to this, the 0RTT packets
are not released after successful handshake completion when no token was received
to leave a chance to haproxy to process these 0RTT data in such case (see
quic_conn_io_cb()).

Must be backported as far as 2.9.
2024-10-17 15:04:06 +02:00
Christopher Faulet
52a3d807fc BUG/MAJOR: filters/htx: Add a flag to state the payload is altered by a filter
When a filter is registered on the data, it means it may change the payload
length by rewritting data. It means consumers of the message cannot trust the
expected length of payload as announced by the producer. The commit 8bd835b2d2
("MEDIUM: filters/htx: Don't rely on HTX extra field if payload is filtered")
was pushed to solve this issue. When the HTTP payload of a message is filtered,
the extra field is set to 0 to be sure it will never be used by error by any
consumer. However, it is not enough.

Indeed, the filters must be called before fowarding some data. They cannot be
by-passed. But if a consumer is unable to flush the HTX message, some outgoing
data can remain blocked in the channel's buffer. If some new data are then
pushed because there is some room in the channel's buffe, the producer will set
the HTX extra field. At this stage, if the consumer is unblocked and can send
again data, it is possible to call it to forward outgoing data blocked in the
channel's buffer before waking the stream up to filter new input data. It is the
purpose of the data fast-forwarding. In this case, the HTX extra field will be
seen by the consumer. It is unexpected and leads to undefined behavior.

One consequence of this bug is to perform a wrong chunking on compressed
messages, leading to processing errors at the end of the message, reported as
"ID--" in logs.

To fix the bug, a HTX flag is added to state the payload of the current HTX
message is altered. When this flag is set (HTX_FL_ALTERED_PAYLOAD), the HTX
extra field must not be trusted. And to keep things simple, when this flag is
set, the HTX extra field is automatically set to 0 when the HTX message is
loaded, in htxbuf() function.

It is probably the less intrusive way to fix the bug for now. But this part must
be reviewed to save meta-info of the HTX message outside of the message itself.

This commit should solve the issue #2741. It must be backported as far as 2.9.
2024-10-17 13:54:54 +02:00
Valentine Krasnobaeva
b73a278df4 MINOR: mworker/cli: add _send_status to support state transition
In the new master-worker architecture, when a worker process is forked and
successfully initialized it needs somehow to communicate its "READY" state to
the master, in order to terminate the previous worker and workers, that might
exceeded max_reloads counter.

So, let's implement for this a new master CLI _send_status command. A new
worker can send its status string "READY" to the master, when it's about
entering to the run poll loop, thus it can start to receive data.

In _send_status() in the master context we update the status of the new worker:
PROC_O_INIT flag is withdrawn.

When TERM signal is sent to a worker, worker terminates and this triggers the
mworker_catch_sigchld() handler in master. This handler deletes the exiting
process entry from the processes list.

In _send_status() we loop over the processes list twice. At the first time, in
order to stop workers that exceeded the max_reloads counter. At the second time,
in order to stop the worker forked before the last reload. In the corner case,
when max_reloads=1, we avoid to send SIGTERM twice to the same worker by
setting sigterm_sent flag during the first loop.
2024-10-16 22:02:39 +02:00
Valentine Krasnobaeva
2bb07b913d MINOR: startup: rename and adapt reexec_on_failure
Previously reexec_on_failure() was called in cases when the process has failed
after reload, while it was parsing its configuration or it was trying to apply
it. reexec_on_failure() has called mworker_reexec() and the master process has
been reexecuted.

With the new architecture in such cases there is no longer need to reexecute
the master process after its reload again. It simply keeps the previous worker,
forked before the reload, and it lets the new one to exit with an error. But we
still need the code, which increments the number of failed reloads and which
notifies systemd with new "Reload failed!" status. So, let's reuse and adapt
for this reexec_on_failure() and let's rename it to on_new_child_failure().
2024-10-16 22:02:39 +02:00
Valentine Krasnobaeva
646299fc95 MINOR: mworker: add and set state PROC_O_INIT for new worker
Here, to distinguish between the new worker and the previous one let's add a
new process state PROC_O_INIT and let's set it, when the memory is allocated
for the new worker in the processes list.
2024-10-16 22:02:39 +02:00
Valentine Krasnobaeva
cc1a631beb MINOR: mworker/cli: rename and clean mworker_cli_sockpair_new
Let's rename mworker_cli_sockpair_new() to
mworker_cli_global_proxy_new_listener() to outline that this function creates
the GLOBAL proxy, allocates the listener with "master-socket" bind conf and
attaches this listener to this GLOBAL proxy. Listener is bound to ipc_fd[1] of
the sockpair inherited in master and in worker (master CLI sockpair).
2024-10-16 22:02:39 +02:00
Valentine Krasnobaeva
0fbf1973ad MINOR: mworker/cli: rename mworker_cli_proxy_new_listener
This is the first commit in a series to add the support of 4 primary reload
use-cases for the new master-worker architecture:

1. Newly forked worker process dies before any reload, due to some errors in
   the configuration. Newly forked worker process crashes before any reload
   after sending its "READY" state to master.

2. Newly forked worker process dies due to some errors in the new
   configuration. This happens after reload, when this new configuration was
   supplied, so the previous worker process is still here.

3. Newly forked worker process crashes after sending its "READY" state to
   master due to some bugs. This happens after reload, so the previous worker
   process is still here.

4. Newly forked worker process has sent its "READY" state to master and starts
   to receive traffic. This happens after reload, the old worker hasn't
   terminated yet, as it is waiting on some idle connection and it crashes.

Let's rename in this commit mworker_cli_proxy_new_listener() to
mworker_cli_master_proxy_new_listener() to outline, that this function creates
"master-socket" bind conf and allocates a listener. This listener is attached
to the MASTER proxy and it's bound to the ipc_fd[0] of the sockpair,
inherited in master and in worker processes (master CLI sockpair).
2024-10-16 22:02:39 +02:00
Valentine Krasnobaeva
f9123e2183 MEDIUM: cfgparse: add KWF_DISCOVERY keyword flag
This commit is a part of the series to add a support of discovery mode in the
configuration parser and in initialization sequence.

So, let's add here KWF_DISCOVERY flag to distinguish the keywords,
which should be parsed in "discovery" mode and which are needed for master
process, from all others. Keywords, that should be parsed in "discovery" mode
have its dedicated parser funtions. Let's tag these functions with
KWF_DISCOVERY flag in keywords list. Like this, only these keyword parsers
might be called during the first configuration read in discovery mode.
2024-10-16 22:02:39 +02:00
Valentine Krasnobaeva
6769745fe5 MINOR: global: add MODE_DISCOVERY flag
This is the first commit from a series to add a support of discovery mode
in the configuration parser and in initialization sequence.

Discovery mode is the mode, when we read the configuration at the first time
and we parse and set runtime modes: daemon, zero-warning, master-worker. In
this mode we also parse some parameters needed for the master process to start,
in case if we are in the master-worker mode. Like this the master process
doesn't allocate any additional resources, which it doesn't use and it quickly
finishes its initialization and enters to its polling loop. The worker process
after its fork reads the rest of the configuration.

So, let's add in this commit MODE_DISCOVERY flag to check it in
configuration parser functions.
2024-10-16 22:02:39 +02:00
Valentine Krasnobaeva
fe75c1e12d MEDIUM: startup: remove MODE_MWORKER_WAIT
MODE_MWORKER_WAIT becames redundant with MODE_MWORKER, due to moving
master-worker fork in init(). This change allows master no longer perform
reexec just after forking in order to free additional memory.

As after the fork in the master process we set 'master' variable, we can
replace now MODE_MWORKER_WAIT in some 'if' statements by simple check of this
'master' variable.

Let's also continue to get rid of HAPROXY_MWORKER_WAIT_ONLY environment
variable, as it's no longer needed as well.

In cfg_program_postparser(), which is used to check if cmdline is defined to
launch a program, we completely remove the check of mode for now, because
the master process does not parse the configuration for the moment. 'program'
section parsing will be reintroduced in master later in the next commits.
2024-10-16 22:02:39 +02:00
Valentine Krasnobaeva
fb7bef781d MINOR: defaults: update MASTER_MAXCONN description
This is a one of the commits to prepare the removal of MODE_MWORKER_WAIT
support, as it became redundant with MODE_MWORKER due to moving master-worker
fork in init().
2024-10-16 22:02:39 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
2c2dac77aa DEBUG: mux-h2/flags: add H2_CF_DEM_RXBUF & H2_SF_EXPECT_RXDATA for the decoder
Both flags were recently added but missing from the decoders flags, so
they appeared in hex in dev/flags/flags output. No backport needed.
2024-10-16 18:32:52 +02:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
85298189bf BUG/MEDIUM: server: server stuck in maintenance after FQDN change
Pierre Bonnat reported that SRV-based server-template recently stopped
to work properly.

After reviewing the changes, it was found that the regression was caused
by a4d04c6 ("BUG/MINOR: server: make sure the HMAINT state is part of MAINT")

Indeed, HMAINT is not a regular maintenance flag. It was implemented in
b418c122 a4d04c6 ("BUG/MINOR: server: make sure the HMAINT state is part
of MAINT"). This flag is only set (and never removed) when the server FQDN
is changed from its initial config-time value. This can happen with "set
server fqdn" command as well as SRV records updates from the DNS. This
flag should ideally belong to server flags.. but it was stored under
srv_admin enum because cur_admin is properly exported/imported via server
state-file while regular server's flags are not.

Due to a4d04c6, when a server FQDN changes, the server is considered in
maintenance, and since the HMAINT flag is never removed, the server is
stuck in maintenance.

To fix the issue, we partially revert a4d04c6. But this latter commit is
right on one point: HMAINT flag was way too confusing and mixed-up between
regular MAINT flags, thus there's nothing to blame about a4d04c6 as it was
error-prone anyway.. To prevent such kind of bugs from happening again,
let's rename HMAINT to something more explicit (SRV_ADMF_FQDN_CHANGED) and
make it stand out under srv_admin enum so we're not tempted to mix it with
regular maintenance flags anymore.

Since a4d04c6 was set to be backported in all versions, this patch must
be backported there as well.
2024-10-16 14:26:57 +02:00
Amaury Denoyelle
0918c41ef6 BUG/MEDIUM: quic: support wait-for-handshake
wait-for-handshake http-request action was completely ineffective with
QUIC protocol. This commit implements its support for QUIC.

QUIC MUX layer is extended to support wait-for-handshake. A new function
qcc_handle_wait_for_hs() is executed during qcc_io_process(). It detects
if MUX processing occurs after underlying QUIC handshake completion. If
this is the case, it indicates that early data may be received. As such,
connection is flagged with CO_FL_EARLY_SSL_HS, which is necessary to
block stream processing on wait-for-handshake action.

After this, qcc subscribs on quic_conn layer for RECV notification. This
is used to detect QUIC handshake completion. Thus,
qcc_handle_wait_for_hs() can be reexecuted one last time, to remove
CO_FL_EARLY_SSL_HS and notify every streams flagged as
SE_FL_WAIT_FOR_HS.

This patch must be backported up to 2.6, after a mandatory period of
observation. Note that it relies on the backport of the two previous
patches :
- MINOR: quic: notify connection layer on handshake completion
- BUG/MINOR: stream: unblock stream on wait-for-handshake completion
2024-10-16 11:51:35 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
4eb3ff1d3b MAJOR: mux-h2: make streams use the connection's buffers
For now it seems to work as before, and even when artificially inflating
the number of allocatable buffers per stream. The number of allocated
slots is always the same as the max number of streams, which guarantees
that each stream will find one buffer. we only grant one buffer per
stream at this point, since the goal was to replace the existing single
rxbuf.

A new demux blocking flag, H2_CF_DEM_RXBUF, was added to indicate
a failure to get an rxbuf slot from the connection. It was lightly
tested (by forcing bl_init() to a lower number of buffers). It is not
yet certain whether it's more useful to have a new flag or to reuse
the existing H2_CF_DEM_SFULL which indicates the rxbuf is full,
but at least the new flag more accurately translates the condition,
that may make a difference in the future. However, given that when
RXBUF is set, most of the time it results in a failure to find more
room to demux and it sets SFULL, for now we have to always clear
SFULL when clearing RXBUF as well. This means that most of the time
we'll see 3 combinations:
  - none: everything's OK
  - SFULL: the unique rx buffer is full
  - RXBUF || (RXBUF|SFULL): cannot allocate more entries

Note that we need to be super careful in h2_frt_transfer_data() because
the htx_free_data_space() function doesn't guarantee that the room is
usable, so htx_add_data() may still fail despite an apparent room. For
this reason, h2_frt_transfer_data() maintains a "full" flag to indicate
that a transfer attempt failed and that a new buffer is required.
2024-10-12 16:29:16 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
3b5ac2b553 MINOR: mux-h2: move H2_CF_WAIT_IN_LIST flag away from the demux flags
It's not convenient to have this flag in the middle of the demux flags,
it easily hides other ones that need to be added. Let's move it after
the other ones.
2024-10-12 16:29:16 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
721ea5b06c MINOR: mux-h2: count within a connection, how many streams are receiving data
A stream is receiving data from after the HEADERS frame missing END_STREAM,
to the end of the stream or HREM (the presence of END_STREAM). We're now
adding a flag to the stream that indicates this state, as well as a counter
in the connection of streams currently receiving data. The purpose will be
to gauge at any instant the number of streams that might have to share the
available bandwidth and buffers count in order not to allocate too much flow
control to any single stream. For now the counter is kept up to date, and is
reported in "show fd".
2024-10-12 16:29:16 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
8f09bdce10 MINOR: buffer: add a buffer list type with functions
The buffer ring is problematic in multiple aspects, one of which being
that it is only usable by one entity. With multiplexed protocols, we need
to have shared buffers used by many entities (streams and connection),
and the only way to use the buffer ring model in this case is to have
each entity store its own array, and keep a shared counter on allocated
entries. But even with the default 32 buf and 100 streams per HTTP/2
connection, we're speaking about 32*101*32 bytes = 103424 bytes per H2
connection, just to store up to 32 shared buffers, spread randomly in
these tables. Some users might want to achieve much higher than default
rates over high speed links (e.g. 30-50 MB/s at 100ms), which is 3 to 5
MB storage per connection, hence 180 to 300 buffers. There it starts to
cost a lot, up to 1 MB per connection, just to store buffer indexes.

Instead this patch introduces a variant which we call a buffer list.
That's basically just a free list encoded in an array. Each cell
contains a buffer structure, a next index, and a few flags. The index
could be reduced to 16 bits if needed, in order to make room for a new
struct member. The design permits initializing a whole freelist at once
using memset(0).

The list pointer is stored at a single location (e.g. the connection)
and all users (the streams) will just have indexes referencing their
first and last assigned entries (head and tail). This means that with
a single table we can now have all our buffers shared between multiple
streams, irrelevant to the number of potential streams which would want
to use them. Now the 180 to 300 entries array only costs 7.2 to 12 kB,
or 80 times less.

Two large functions (bl_deinit() & bl_get()) were implemented in buf.c.
A basic doc was added to explain how it works.
2024-10-12 16:29:15 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
ac66df4e2e REORG: buffers: move some of the heavy functions from buf.h to buf.c
Over time, some of the buffer management functions grew quite a bit,
and were still forced to remain inlined since all defined in buf.h.
Let's create buf.c and move the heaviest ones there. All those moved
here were above 200 bytes.
2024-10-12 16:29:15 +02:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
1bdf6e884a MEDIUM: sink: implement sink_find_early()
sink_find_early() is a convenient function that can be used instead of
sink_find() during parsing time in order to try to find a matching
sink even if the sink is not defined yet.

Indeed, if the sink is not defined, sink_find_early() will try to create
it and mark it as forward-declared. It will also save informations from
the caller to better identify it in case of errors.

If the sink happens to be found in the config, it will transition from
forward-declared type to its final type. Else, it means that the sink
was not found in the config, in this case, during postresolve, we raise
an error to indicate that the sink was not found in the configuration.

It should help solve postresolving issue with rings, because for now only
log targets implement proper ring postresolving.. but rings may be used
at different places in the code, such as debug() converter or in "traces"
section.
2024-10-10 16:55:15 +02:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
0e271f1d2a MINOR: log: add do_log_parse_act() helper func
Function may be used from places where per-context actions are usually
registered (tcp_act.c, http_act.c, quic_rules.c.. to name a few) in
order to expose the do_log() action.
2024-10-04 21:38:08 +02:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
e63c7da508 MINOR: log: add do_log() logging helper
do_log() is quite similar to sess_log() or strm_log(), excepts that it
may be called at any time during session handling in an opportunistic
way as long as the session exists (the stream may or may not exist).

Also, it will try to emit the log as INFO by default, unless set-log-level
is used on the stream, or error origin flag is set.
2024-10-04 21:38:02 +02:00
Amaury Denoyelle
f6599cf5a6 MEDIUM: quic: decount out-of-order ACK data range for MUX txbuf window
This commit is the last one of a serie whose objective is to restore
QUIC transfer throughput performance to the state prior to the recent
QUIC MUX buffer allocator rework.

This gain is obtained by reporting received out-of-order ACK data range
to the QUIC MUX which can then decount room in its txbuf window. This is
implemented in QUIC streamdesc layer by adding a new invokation of
notify_room callback. This is done into qc_stream_buf_store_ack() which
handle out-of-order ACK data range.

Previous commit has introduced merging of overlapping ACK data range. As
such, it's easy to only report the newly acknowledged data range.

As with in-order ACKs, this new notification is only performed on
released streambuf. As such, when a streambuf instance is released,
notify_room notification now also reports the total length of
out-of-order ACK data range currently stored. This value is stored in a
new streambuf member <room> to avoid unnecessary tree lookup.

This <room> member also serves on in-order ACK notification to reduce
the notified room. This prevents to report invalid values when overlap
ranges are treated first out-of-order and then in-order, which would
cause an invalid QUIC MUX txbuf window value.

After this change has been implemented, performance has been
significantly improved, both with ngtcp2-client rate usage and on
interop goodput test. These values are now similar to the rate observed
on older haproxy version before QUIC MUX buffer allocator rework.
2024-10-04 18:09:51 +02:00
Amaury Denoyelle
e7578084b0 MINOR: quic: implement dedicated type for out-of-order stream ACK
QUIC streamdesc layer is responsible to handle reception of ACK for
streams. It removes stream data from the underlying buffers on ACK
reception.

Streamdesc layer treats ACK in order at the stream level. Out of order
ACKs are buffered in a tree until they can be handled on older data
acknowledgement reception. Previously, qf_stream instance which comes
from the quic_tx_packet was used as tree node to buffer such ranges.

Introduce a new type dedicated to represent out of order stream ack data
range. This type is named qc_stream_ack. It contains minimal infos only
relative to the acknowledged stream data range.

This allows to reduce size of frequently used quic_frame with the
removal of tree node from qf_stream. Another side effect of this change
is that now quic_frame are always released immediately on ACK reception,
both in-order and out-of-order. This allows to also release the
quic_tx_packet instance which should reduce memory consumption.

The drawback of this change is that qc_stream_ack instance must be
allocated on out-of-order ACK reception. As such, qc_stream_desc_ack()
may fail if an error happens on allocation. For the moment, such error
is silenly recovered up to qc_treat_rx_pkts() with the dropping of the
received packet containing the ACK frame. In the future, it may be
useful to close the connection as this error may only happens on low
memory usage.
2024-10-04 17:56:45 +02:00
Christopher Faulet
15a520d474 MINOR: config/trace: Add a 'traces' section to declare debug traces
It is no longer supported to declare debug traces, via 'trace' directive, in
a global section. A 'traces' directive must be used instead. The syntax of
the 'trace' directive in these sections remains the same. But it is no
longer experimental.

The main reason for this change is to avoid to have a ring section defined
before a global one. Indeed, for now, forward declarations of ring sections
are not supported. So to configure traces, you had to add a ring section
before the global one defining the traces. Most of time, that meant to have
two global sections :

  global
    [...] # global settings

  ring <name>
    [...]

  global
    [...] # trace config

In addition, it will be possible to easily extend the traces section by
adding some new directives.
2024-10-02 10:22:51 +02:00
Amaury Denoyelle
cc4384aeb7 MEDIUM: quic: handle out-of-order ACK at streamdesc layer
qc_stream_desc_ack() is the entrypoint for streamdesc layer to handle a
new acknowledgement of previously emitted STREAM data.

Previously, it was only able to deal with in-order ACK offset. The
caller was responsible to buffer out-of-order ACKs. Change this by
dealing with the latter case directly in qc_stream_desc_ack(). This
notably simplify ACK handling in quic_rx module.
2024-10-01 16:22:20 +02:00
Amaury Denoyelle
62558a9285 MINOR: quic: move buffered ACK to streambuf
QUIC streamdesc layer is used to manage QUIC MUX stream txbuf data
storage until acknowledgment. Currently, it only supports in-order
acknowledgment at the stream level. This requires to be able to buffer
out-of-order ACKs until they can be handled.

Previously, these ACKs were stored in a tree to the streamdesc instance.
Move this indexed storage at the streambuf instance.

This commit is purely an architecture change. However, it will allow to
extend ACK management in future patches, such as the ability to merge
overlapping out-of-order ACKs.
2024-10-01 16:19:42 +02:00
Amaury Denoyelle
943e48dadd MINOR: quic: store streambuf in a streamdesc tree
qc_stream_desc layer is used by QUIC MUX to store emitted STREAM data
until their acknowledgement. Each stream with Tx capability can allocate
its own qc_stream_desc. In turn, each stream desc can have one or
multiple data buffers. This is useful when a MUX stream releases a
buffer and allocate a new one, to preserve bandwith without waiting to
receive all acknowledgement of the previous buffer.

Each buffer is encapsulated in a qc_stream_buf structure. Previously, it
was stored as a list into qc_stream_desc. Change this storage to use a
tree instead. Each buffer is indexed by their offset.

This commit does not introduce functional changes. However, this
rearchitecture will be necessary for future commit to extend ACK
management which require fetching individual buffer instance, not just
the first or last element of a streamdesc, by their offset.
2024-10-01 16:19:41 +02:00
Amaury Denoyelle
f4a83fbb14 MINOR: quic: do not remove qc_stream_desc automatically on ACK handling
qc_stream_desc_ack() is used to handle ACK received for STREAM frame. It
removes acknowledged data from their underlying buffer.

If all data were removed after ACK handling, qc_stream_desc instance
would automatically be freed at the end of qc_stream_desc_ack().
However, this renders the function complicated to use. Simplify this by
removing this automatic removal. Now, caller is responsible to check
after ACK handling if qc_stream_desc instance can be removed. This is
easily done using qc_stream_desc_done() helper.
2024-10-01 16:19:25 +02:00
Amaury Denoyelle
db68f8ed86 MINOR: quic: refactor STREAM room notification
qc_stream_desc is an intermediary layer between QUIC MUX and quic_conn.
It is a facility which permits to store data to emit and keep them for
retransmission until acknowledgment. This layer is responsible to notify
QUIC MUX each time a buffer is freed. This is necessary as MUX buffer
allocation is limited by the underlying congestion window size.

Refactor this to use a mechanism similar to send notification. A new
callback notify_room can now be registered to qc_stream_desc instance.
This is set by QUIC MUX to qmux_ctrl_room(). On MUX QUIC free, special
care is now taken to reset notify_room callback to NULL.

Thanks to this refactoring, further adjustment have been made to refine
the architecture. One of them is the removal of qc_stream_desc
QC_SD_FL_OOB_BUF, which is now converted to a MUX layer flag
QC_SF_TXBUF_OOB.
2024-10-01 16:19:25 +02:00
Amaury Denoyelle
d7f4e5abf0 MEDIUM: quic: strengthen MUX send notification
Previous commit implement a refactor of MUX send notification from
quic_conn layer. With this new architecture, a proper callback is
defined for each qc_stream_desc instance.

This architecture change allows to simplify notification from quic_conn
layer. First, ensure the MUX callback to properly ignore retransmission
of an already emitted frame. Luckily, this can be handled easily by
comparing offsets and FIN status. Also, each QCS instance can now be
unregistered from send notification just prior qc_stream_desc releasing.
This ensures a QCS is never manipulated from quic_conn after its
emission ending. Both these changes render the send notification more
robust. As a nice effect, flag QUIC_FL_CONN_TX_MUX_CONTEXT can be
removed as it is now unneeded.
2024-10-01 16:19:25 +02:00
Amaury Denoyelle
6ad99af0a9 MINOR: quic: refactor MUX send notification
For STREAM emission, MUX QUIC generates one or several frames and emit
them via qc_send_mux(). Lower layer may use them as-is, or split them to
lower chunk to fit in a QUIC packet. It is then responsible to notify
the MUX to report the amount of data sent.

Previously, this was done via a direct call from quic_conn to MUX using
qcc_streams_sent_done(). Modify this to have a better isolation accross
layers. Define a send callback handled by the qc_stream_desc instance.
This allows the MUX to register each QCS instance individually to the
renamved qmux_ctrl_send() which replaces qcc_streams_sent_done().

At quic_conn layer, qc_stream_desc_send() can be used now. This is a
wrapper to qc_stream_desc layer to invoke the send callback if
registered.

This mechanism of qc_stream_desc callback should be extended later to
implement other notifications accross the QUIC stack.
2024-10-01 16:19:25 +02:00
Christopher Faulet
273d322b6f MINOR: stream/stats: Expose the total number of streams ever created in stats
A shared counter is added in the thread context to track the total number of
streams created on the thread. This number is then reported in stats. It
will be a useful information to diagnose some bugs.
2024-09-30 16:55:53 +02:00
Christopher Faulet
18ee22ff76 MINOR: stream/stats: Expose the current number of streams in stats
A shared counter is added in the thread context to track the current number
of streams. This number is then reported in stats. It will be a useful
information to diagnose some bugs.
2024-09-30 16:55:53 +02:00
Christopher Faulet
6a94b7419e MINOR: stream: Support dynamic changes of the number of connection retries
Thanks to the previous patch, it is now possible to add an action to
dynamically change the maxumum number of connection retires for a stream.
"set-retries" action may now be used to do so, from a "tcp-request content"
or a "http-request" rule. This action accepts an expression or an integer
between 0 and 100. The integer value is checked during the configuration
parsing and leads to an error if it is not in the expected range. However,
for the expression, the value is retrieve at runtime. So, invalid value are
just ignored.

Too high value is forbidden to avoid any trouble. 100 retries seems already
be an amazingly hight value. In addition, the option is only available on
backend or listen sections.

Because the max retries is limited to 100 at most, it can be stored as a
unsigned short. This save some space in the stream structure.
2024-09-30 16:55:53 +02:00
Christopher Faulet
91e785edc9 MINOR: stream: Rely on a per-stream max connection retries value
Instead of directly relying on the backend parameter to limit the number of
connection retries, we now use a per-stream value. This value is by default
inherited from the backend value when it is set. So for now, there is no
change except the stream value is used instead of the backend value. But
thanks to this change, it will be possible to dynamically change this value.
2024-09-30 16:55:53 +02:00
Christopher Faulet
0d91de2be4 MINOR: action: Export release_expr_int_action() release function
This function was only used by TCP actions and was private to tcp_act.c
file. However, it make sense to make it public to be used by any action
relying on an int-or-expression argument.
2024-09-30 16:55:53 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
7caf073faa MINOR: tools: do not attempt to use backtrace() on linux without glibc
The function is provided by glibc. Nothing prevents us from using our
own outside of glibc there (tested on aarch64 with musl). We still do
not enable it by default as we don't yet know if all archs work well,
but it's sufficient to pass USE_BACKTRACE=1 when building with musl to
verify it's OK.
2024-09-29 09:52:23 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
1c4776dbc3 BUILD: tools: only include execinfo.h for the real backtrace() function
No need to include this possibly non-existing file when using our own
backtrace() implementation, it's only needed for the libc-provided one.
Because of this it's currently not possible to build musl with backtrace
enabled.
2024-09-29 09:52:23 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
a4d04c649a BUG/MINOR: server: make sure the HMAINT state is part of MAINT
In 1.8 when adding "set server fqdn" with commit b418c1228c ("MINOR:
server: cli: Add server FQDNs to server-state file and stats socket."),
the HMAINT flag was not made part of the MAINT ones, so technically
speaking when changing the FQDN, the server is not completely considered
as in maintenance mode.

In its defense, the code location around that was completely messy, with
the aggregator flag being hidden between other values and purposely but
discretely ignoring one of the flags, so the comments were updated to
make the intent clearer (particularly regarding CMAINT which looked like
it was also forgotten while it was on purpose).

This can be backported anywhere.
2024-09-27 18:40:15 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
b8e3b0a18d BUG/MEDIUM: stream: make stream_shutdown() async-safe
The solution found in commit b500e84e24 ("BUG/MINOR: server: shut down
streams under thread isolation") to deal with inter-thread stream
shutdown doesn't work fine because there exists code paths involving
a server lock which can then deadlock on thread_isolate(). A better
solution then consists in deferring the shutdown to the stream itself
and just wake it up for that.

The only thing is that TASK_WOKEN_OTHER is a bit too generic and we
need to pass at least 2 types of events (SF_ERR_DOWN and SF_ERR_KILLED),
so we're now leveraging the new TASK_F_UEVT1 and _UEVT2 flags on the
task's state to convey these info. The caller only needs to wake the
task up with these flags set, and the stream handler will then finish
the job locally using stream_shutdown_self().

This needs to be carefully backported to all branches affected by the
dequeuing issue and containing any of the 5541d4995d ("BUG/MEDIUM:
queue: deal with a rare TOCTOU in assign_server_and_queue()"), and/or
b11495652e ("BUG/MEDIUM: queue: implement a flag to check for the
dequeuing").
2024-09-27 12:15:41 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
b5281283bb MINOR: task: define two new one-shot events for use with WOKEN_OTHER or MSG
TASK_WOKEN_MSG only says "someone sent you a message" but doesn't convey
any info about the message. TASK_WOKEN_OTHER says "you're woken for another
reason" but doesn't tell which one. Most often they're used as-is by the
task handlers to report very specific situations.

For some important control notifications, having the ability to modulate
the message a little bit is useful, so let's define two user event types
UEVT1 and UEVT2 to be used in conjunction with TASK_WOKEN_MSG or _OTHER
so that the application can know that a specific condition was explicitly
requested. It will be used this way:

  task_wakeup(s->task, TASK_WOKEN_MSG | TASK_F_UEVT1);
or:
  task_wakeup(s->task, TASK_WOKEN_OTHER | TASK_F_UEVT2);

Since events are cumulative, keep in mind not to consider a 3rd value
as the combination of EVT1+EVT2; these really mean that the two events
appeared (though in unspecified order).
2024-09-27 11:56:10 +02:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
4189eb7aca MINOR: log: add log_orig_proxy() helper function
Function may be used on proxy where log-steps are used to check if a given
log origin should be handled or not.
2024-09-26 16:53:07 +02:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
c043d5d372 MINOR: log: introduce "log-steps" proxy keyword
For now it is only available for proxies with frontend capability because
log-steps are only evaluated under sess_log() or strm_log() which
essentially focus on the frontend side when it comes to log settings so
it's better to keep it this way for better consistency, at least for now.

For now the setting does nothing (it is not considered during runtime),
it will be implemented and documented in upcoming commits.
2024-09-26 16:53:07 +02:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
9341792baf MINOR: proxy: add log_steps struct member
add proxy->conf.log_steps eb32 root tree which will be used to store the
log origin identifiers that should result in haproxy emitting a log as
configured by the user using upcoming "log-steps" proxy keyword.

It was chosen to use eb32 tree instead of simple bitfield because despite
the slight overhead it is more future-proof given that we already
implemented the prerequisites for seamless custom log origins registration
that will also be usable from "log-steps" proxy keyword.
2024-09-26 16:53:07 +02:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
b882402a29 MINOR: log: support extra log origins for '%OG' alias
Following previous commits, let's improve log_orig_to_str() so that
extra log origins (registered through log_orig_register()) can be
translated to string from origin ID.

For that, it is required to add eb_32 tree node to log_origin struct in
order to enable quick integer lookup during runtime. Slow name lookup
using the list is acceptable for config parsing, but it is not the case
during runtime when log_orig_to_str() is expected to be used. Also, to
prevent duplicated info, get rid of ->id field and use ->tree.key instead
2024-09-26 16:53:07 +02:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
f8bb9d5c57 MINOR: log: explicitly handle extra log origins as error when relevant
Thanks to previous commit, we can know check for log_orig optional flags
in functions taking struct log_orig as parameter. Let's take this
opportunity to add the LOG_ORIG_FL_ERROR flag and check this flag at a
few places to handle the log message differently because if the flag is
set then the caller expects the log to be handled as an error explicitly.

e.g.: in _process_send_log_override(), if the flag is set, use the error
log format instead of the dedicated one.
2024-09-26 16:53:07 +02:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
3c15ee05e9 MINOR: log: introduce log_orig flags
Rename 'enum log_orig' to 'enum log_orig_id', since this enum specifically
contains the log origin ids.

Add 'struct log_orig' which wraps 'enum log_orig' with optional flags
(no flags defined for now).

Add log_orig() helper func that takes id and flags as parameter and
returns log_orig struct initialized with input arguments.

Update functions taking log origin as parameter so they explicitly take
log orig id or log orig wrapper as argument depending on the level of
context expected by the function.
2024-09-26 16:53:07 +02:00
Aurelien DARRAGON
818475c5cc MINOR: log: introduce extra log profile steps
add a way to register additional log origins using log_origin_register()
that may be used as log profile steps from log profile sections.

For now this does nothing as no extra origins are registered and extra log
origins are not yet considered for runtime logging paths.

When specifying an extra logging step for on <step> under log-profile
section, the logging step is stored within a binary tree for efficient
lookup during runtime. No performance impact should be expected if extra
log origins are not being used, and slight performance impact if extra
log origins are used.

Don't forget to update the documentation when new log origins are added
(both %OG log alias and on <step> log-profile keyword are concerned.
2024-09-26 16:53:07 +02:00
Oliver Dala
a889413f5e BUG/MEDIUM: cli: Deadlock when setting frontend maxconn
The proxy lock state isn't passed down to relax_listener
through dequeue_proxy_listeners, which causes a deadlock
in relax_listener when it tries to get that lock.

Backporting: Older versions didn't have relax_listener and directly called
resume_listener in dequeue_proxy_listeners. lpx should just be passed directly
to resume_listener then.

The bug was introduced in commit 001328873c

[cf: This patch should fix the issue #2726. It must be backported as far as
2.4]
2024-09-25 17:12:11 +02:00
Christopher Faulet
96edacc546 DEV: flags/applet: decode appctx flags
Decode APPCTX flags via appctx_show_flags() function.
2024-09-24 18:26:36 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
ccd1ecba1d MEDIUM: cfgparse: drop duplicate named defaults sections after use
It has never been permitted to explicitly reference named defaults
sections for which there are duplicate names. This means that when
a duplicate defaults section is found, there's no point in keeping
it since it will never be used for lookups, so it can be dropped.

However, some such defaults sections might have some rules in them
that are implicitly referenced by proxies placed after them. In this
case they cannot be removed.

What is done here is that upon each new named section creation, if
another one is found with the same name, its config location is stored
into the new proxy's {prev_file,prev_line} pair, and the old section is
either destroyed if its refcount is null, or just unindexed. The dup
check when creating a new proxy now consists in checking the prev_line
instead of performing a dup lookup on the defaults section.

This will guarantee that we can't find duplicate defaults sections in
their tree anymore, while still keeping track of what's allocated and
releasing everything upon exit.

Beyond the consistency gain, there are nice savings for large configs
involving many defaults sections: a test with 300k sections saved
about 1.9 GB of RAM, and started 25% faster likely thanks to spending
less time allocating memory.
2024-09-20 16:35:32 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
c8b813771d MINOR: proxy: add a list of orphaned defaults sections
We'll soon delete unreferenced and duplicated named defaults sections
from the list of proxies. The problem with this is that this list (in
fact a name-based tree) is used to release all of them at the end. Let's
add a list of orphaned defaults sections, typically those containing
"http-check send" statements or various other rules, and that are
implicitly inherited by a proxy hence have a non-zero refcount while
also having a name. These now makes it possible to remove them from
the name index while still keeping their memory around for the lifetime
of the process, and cleaning it at the end.
2024-09-20 15:59:04 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
b325453c36 MINOR: proxy: use the global file names for conf->file
Proxy file names are assigned a bit everywhere (resolvers, peers,
cli, logs, proxy). All these elements were enumerated and now use
copy_file_name(). The only ha_free() call was turned to drop_file_name().

As a bonus side effect, a 300k backend config saved 14 MB of RAM.
2024-09-19 15:38:19 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
9ab21a3c2d CLEANUP: stick-table: make the file location point to a global file name
The file name used to point to the calling function's stack for stick
tables, which was OK during parsing but remained dangling afterwards.
At least it was already marked const so as not to accidentally free it.
Let's make it point to a file_name_node now.
2024-09-19 15:38:19 +02:00
Willy Tarreau
d6c060c5ae MINOR: tools: add minimal file name management
In proxies, stick-tables, servers, etc... at plenty of places we store
a file name and a line number. Some file names are the result of strdup()
(e.g. in proxies), others not (e.g. stick-tables) and leave dangling
pointers at the end of parsing. The risk of double-free is not null
either.

In order to stop this, let's first add a simple tool that allows to
register short strings inside a global list, these strings happening
to be server names. The strings are either duplicated and stored upon
failure to find them, or just added to this storage. Since file names
are not expected to disappear before the end of the process, for now
we don't even implement refcounting, and we free them all at the end.
There's already a drop_file_name() function to reset the pointer like
ha_free() used to do, and even if not strictly needed it's a good
habit to get used to doing it.

The strings are returned as const so that they're stored as-is in
structs, and that nasty free() calls are easily caught. The pointer
points to the char[] storage inside the node itself. This way later
if we want to implement refcounting, it will be trivial to just look
up a string and change its associated node's refcount. If needed,
comparisons can also be made on pointers.

For now they're not used yet and are released on deinit().
2024-09-19 15:36:58 +02:00